Mercurial > emacs
diff etc/NEWS @ 88838:7f6de538d995
*** empty log message ***
| author | Dave Love <fx@gnu.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 05 Jul 2002 22:18:13 +0000 |
| parents | 1440b9054cb4 |
| children |
line wrap: on
line diff
--- a/etc/NEWS Fri Jul 05 21:59:41 2002 +0000 +++ b/etc/NEWS Fri Jul 05 22:18:13 2002 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2001-03-15 -Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2002-0705 +Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. See the end for copying conditions. Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org. @@ -12,10089 +12,81 @@ so we will look at it -* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.3 - -** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix', -`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of -installed programs. - ---- -** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution. -You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build -Emacs with Leim. - ---- -** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added. - ---- -** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 was added. - - -* Changes in Emacs 21.3 - -+++ -** Emacs now supports ICCCM Extended Segments in X selections. - -Some versions of X, notably XFree86, use Extended Segments to encode -in X selections characters that belong to character sets which are not -part of the list of standard charsets supported by the ICCCM spec. -Examples of such non-standard character sets include ISO 8859-14, ISO -8859-15, KOI8-R, and BIG5. The new coding system -`compound-text-with-extensions' supports these extensions, and is now -used by default for encoding and decoding X selections. If you don't -want this support, set `selection-coding-system' to `compound-text'. - -+++ -** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized. -The variable `automatic-hscroll-margin' determines how many columns -away from the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic -hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5. - -The variable `automatic-hscroll-step' determines how many columns -automatic hscrolling will scroll the window when point gets too close -to the window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls -the window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says -how many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, -it gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window. - -** New display feature: focus follows mouse. If you set the variable -x-autoselect-window to non-nil value, moving the mouse to a different -Emacs window will select that window. The default is nil, so that -this feature is not enabled. - -** The new command `describe-text-at' pops up a buffer with description -of text properties, overlays, and widgets at point, and lets you get -more information about them, by clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or -moving there and pressing RET. - -** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse -is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you -can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the -mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can -also disable mouse highlighting. - -** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that -an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment, -font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red -if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause -trouble with fontification and/or indentation. - -+++ -** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'. -Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the -variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the -prompt string. - -+++ -** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line -of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display -the mode line of the currently selected window. - -The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether -the `mode-line-inactive' face is used. - -** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options". -This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (like -tool bar and the menu bar itself). You can also move the vertical -scroll bar to either side here or turn it off completely. There is also -a menu-item to toggle displaying of current date and time, current line -and column number in the mode-line. - -** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide". - -** Emacs can now indicate in the mode-line the presence of new e-mails in -directory in addition to file. See the documentation of the user option -`display-time-mail-directory'. - -+++ -** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave -like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far -as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned. If it is t -(the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it -visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry. If this option -is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes -to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does. - -This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the -NEWS. +* Changes in Emacs 22.1 ---- -** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2. - -+++ -** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it. -M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no -argument it toggles the mode. - -Turning off PC-Selection mode restores the global key bindings -that were replaced by turning on the mode. - -** Changes in support of colors on character terminals - -+++ -*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard -mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character -terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal -database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't -set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable -terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls' -when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors -in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the -user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter. - ---- -*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more -than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and -256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup -the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for -all of these colors. - ---- -*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator. - -+++ -** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display. - -When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options -`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame -whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire -screen size. (For now, this works only on GNU and Unix systems, and -not with every window manager.) - -** Info-index finally offers completion. - -** shell-mode now supports programmable completion using `pcomplete'. - -** Controlling the left and right fringe widths. - -The left and right fringe widths can now be controlled by setting the -`left-fringe' and `right-fringe' frame parameters to an integer value -specifying the width in pixels. Setting the width to 0 effectively -removes the corresponding fringe. - -The actual fringe widths may deviate from the specified widths, since -the combined fringe widths must match an integral number of columns. -The extra width is distributed evenly between the left and right fringe. -For force a specific fringe width, specify the width as a negative -integer (if both widths are negative, only the left fringe gets the -specified width). - -Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe -width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any -of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in -fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels. - -** Changes in C-h bindings: - -C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer. - -C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files - that do not change: - -C-h C-f displays the FAQ. -C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file. - -The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i -have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. - -C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands. - -- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping) - run by the key sequence. - -- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the - command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run - that command. - -For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped -to new-kill-line, these commands now report: - -- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports: - C-k runs the command new-kill-line - -- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports: - kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline> - -- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports: - new-kill-line is on C-k - -** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word, -making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the -command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior, -bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'. - -** In GUD mode when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program -counter to the specified source line (the one where point is). - -** GUD mode improvements for jdb: +** The Emacs character set is now a superset of Unicode (it has about +four times the code space, which should be plenty). -*** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class - information. Fast startup since there is no need to scan all - source files up front. There is also no need to create and maintain - lists of source directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' - and `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation. - -*** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear) - set/clear operations from java source files under the classpath, stack - traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish - (gud-finish). - -*** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb - (Java 1.1 jdb). - -*** The previous method of searching for source files has been - preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it. - Set gud-jdb-use-classpath to nil. - - Added Customization Variables - -*** gud-jdb-command-name. What command line to use to invoke jdb. - -*** gud-jdb-use-classpath. Allows selection of java source file searching - method: set to t for new method, nil to scan gud-jdb-directories for - java sources (previous method). - -*** gud-jdb-directories. List of directories to scan and search for java - classes using the original gud-jdb method (if gud-jdb-use-classpath - is nil). - - Minor Improvements - -*** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds. - -** hide-ifdef-mode now uses overlays rather than selective-display -to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly -changes the behavior of motion commands line C-e and C-p. - -** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now -control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded -by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards -too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the -doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent -special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. - -** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when -the corresponding environment variable does not exist. -Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting -is only rarely needed. - -** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'. - -If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs -idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For -example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will -only happen after 0.25s of idle time. - -+++ -** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. If -you hit M-C-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h (mark-paragraph), or -C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region will now be extended -each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC M-C-SPC, -for example. This feature also works for mark-end-of-sentence, if you -bind that to a key. - -** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and -C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without -switching to it. - -** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to -all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only -affects the initial frame. - -+++ -** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg. -With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs; -if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding -paragraphs. - -** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name -into the kill ring. - -** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args -have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and -directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a -directory listing into a buffer. - -** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window -(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'. - -** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on -your current locale settings. If it turns out that your terminal -does not support the encoding implied by your locale (for example, -it inserts non-ASCII chars if you hit M-i), you will need to add - - (set-keyboard-coding-system nil) - -to your .emacs to revert to the old behavior. - -** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese -in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving, -Big 5 is then converted to CNS. - -+++ -** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs -automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save -modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It -can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first, -according to the value of `save-abbrevs'. +The internal encoding used for buffers and strings is now +Unicode-based and called `utf-8-emacs'. utf-8-emacs is backwards +compatible with the UTF-8 encoding of Unicode. The `emacs-mule' +coding system can still read and write data in the old internal +encoding. -** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any) -of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor -appears in. - -** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay' -were changed. - -** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs -now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode. - -** Etags changes. - -*** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates. - -*** In Perl, packages are tags. Subroutine tags are named from their -package. You can jump to sub tags as you did before, by the sub name, or -additionally by looking for package::sub. - -*** New language PHP: tags are functions, classes and defines. If -the --members option is specified to etags, tags are vars also. - -+++ -** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to ---no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated. - -** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin -with a space, if they visit files. - -** You can now customize fill-nobreak-predicate to control where -filling can break lines. We provide two sample predicates, -fill-single-word-nobreak-p and fill-french-nobreak-p. - -** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'. -When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry will always -start a new record regardless of when the last record is. - -** New user option `sgml-xml'. -When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style, -i.e., there is always a closing tag. -When not customized, it becomes buffer-local when it can be inferred -from the file name or buffer contents. - -** New user option `isearch-resume-enabled'. -This option can be disabled, to avoid the normal behaviour of isearch -which puts calls to `isearch-resume' in the command history. - -** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from -initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode, -instead of using default-major-mode. - -** Byte compiler warning and error messages have been brought more -in line with the output of other GNU tools. - -** Lisp-mode now uses font-lock-doc-face for the docstrings. - -** perl-mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'. - -** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now -understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and -`same-window'. - -** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how -much pure storage it will approximately need. - -** M-x setenv now expands environment variables of the form `$foo' and -`${foo}' in the specified new value of the environment variable. To -include a `$' in the value, use `$$'. - -+++ -** File-name completion can now ignore directories. -If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a -slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when -completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions' -which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion -candidate is a directory. - -** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'. -When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally -displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off. - -** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer. - -** When using M-x revert-buffer in a compilation buffer to rerun a -compilation, it is now made sure that the compilation buffer is reused -in case it has been renamed. - -** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor. -This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track -the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs. - -** Tooltips now work on MS Windows. -See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details. - -** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows. -The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls -whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or -pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions. - -** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper). -The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym', -and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should -use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap -Meta and Alt: - (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta) - (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt) - ---- -** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available. - ---- -** A French translation of the Emacs Tutorial is available. - -** New modes and packages +There are still charsets which contain disjoint sets of characters +where this is necessary or useful, especially for various Far Eastern +sets which are problematic with Unicode. -+++ -*** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution. - -Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in -Emacs Lisp. Its documentation is in a separate manual; within Emacs, -type "C-h i m calc RET" to read that manual. A reference card is -available in `etc/calccard.tex' and `etc/calccard.ps'. - -+++ -*** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution. - -The ELisp reference manual in Info format is built as part of the -Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User -Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy -accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference). - -*** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of -the distribution. - -This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed, -together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu -item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible -(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp). - -*** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an -"active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually -change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list' -settings. - -*** The reveal.el package provides the minor modes `reveal-mode' and -`global-reveal-mode' which will make text visible on the fly as you -move your cursor into hidden region of the buffer. -It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts -of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ... - -*** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave -buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer. - -It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master -and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi -buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the -commands. - -This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable -sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the -SQL buffer. - -(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook - (function (lambda () - (master-mode t) - (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) -(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook - (function (lambda () - (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) - - -* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.3 - -** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps. - -This is an alternative to using defadvice or substitute-key-definition -to modify the behaviour of a key binding using the normal keymap -binding and lookup functionality. - -When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is -remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the -original command. - -Example: -Suppose that minor mode my-mode has defined the commands -my-kill-line and my-kill-word, and it wants C-k (and any other key -bound to kill-line) to run the command my-kill-line instead of -kill-line, and likewise it wants to run my-kill-word instead of -kill-word. - -Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map, -command remapping allows you to directly map kill-line into -my-kill-line and kill-word into my-kill-word through the minor mode -map using define-key: - - (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line) - (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word) - -Now, when my-mode is enabled, and the user enters C-k or M-d, -the commands my-kill-line and my-kill-word are run. - -Notice that only one level of remapping is supported. In the above -example, this means that if my-kill-line is remapped to other-kill, -then C-k still runs my-kill-line. - -The following changes have been made to provide command remapping: - -- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key - `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD - to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to - another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding. - -- The new function `remap-command' returns the binding for a remapped - command in the current keymaps, or nil if it isn't remapped. - -- key-binding now remaps interactive commands unless the optional - third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil. +Since the internal encoding is also used by default for byte-compiled +files -- i.e. the normal coding system for byte-compiled Lisp files is +now utf-8-Emacs -- Lisp containing non-ASCII characters which is +compiled by Emacs 22 can't be read by earlier versions of Emacs. +Files compiled by Emacs 20 or 21 are loaded correctly as emacs-mule +(whether or not they contain multibyte characters), which makes +loading them somewhat slower than Emacs 22-compiled files. Thus it +may be worth recompiling existing .elc files which don't need to be +shared with older Emacsen. -- where-is-internal now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g. - kill-line if my-mode is enabled), and the actual key binding for - the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line). - It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits - remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns C-k for kill-line and - <kill-line> for my-kill-line). - -- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original - command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the - command was not remapped. - -** Atomic change groups. - -To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that -they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group' -around the code that makes changes. For instance: - - (atomic-change-group - (insert foo) - (delete-region x y)) - -If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of -`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that -were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect -on any other buffers--any such changes remain. - -If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the -lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how. - -To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'. -Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer. -This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save -the handle to activate the change group and then finish it. - -Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change -group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to -do this. - -After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can -either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call -`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final; -call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all. - -You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always -finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the -`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs. -(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and -`activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the -group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group -twice. - -To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once -for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the -returned values, like this: - - (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1) - (prepare-change-group buffer-2)) - -You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call -to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to -`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'. - -Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you -would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer -will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first -change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one -finished. - -** New function substring-no-properties. - -+++ -*** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively -have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up, -and the latter now controls scrolling down. - -+++ -** New function window-body-height. - -This is like window-height but does not count the mode line -or the header line. - -+++ -** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument. - -When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the -angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is -equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.) - -+++ -** You can now make a window as short as one line. - -A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode -line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and -`header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall -cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the -variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears. - -+++ -** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use -for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a -number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp -Reference manual for more detailed documentation. - -** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough: - -Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes -from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte -buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them -now: - -1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time. - -2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid -the time it takes to convert the format. +** There are assorted new coding systems/aliases -- see +M-x list-coding-systems. -3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and -wasteful. - -** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence -over minor mode keymaps. - -** A hex escape in a string forces the string to be multibyte. -An octal escape makes it unibyte. - -** The position after an invisible, intangible character -is considered an unacceptable value for point; -intangibility processing effectively treats the following character -as part of the intangible region even if it is not itself intangible. - -Thus, point can go before an invisible, intangible region, but not -after it. This prevents C-f and C-b from appearing to stand still on -the screen. - -+++ -** define-abbrev now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. If -non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means that -it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the abbrevs. -Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always specify this -flag. - -** Support for Mocklisp has been removed. - -** The function insert-string is now obsolete. - -** The precedence of file-name-handlers has been changed. -Instead of blindly choosing the first handler that matches, -find-file-name-handler now gives precedence to a file-name handler -that matches near the end of the file name. More specifically, the -handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. -In case of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies. - -** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly. -Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key -bindings of the parent keymap. - -** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'. -If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified -(see jit-lock-defer-contextually), then all of that text will -be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element -depends on text several lines further down (and when font-lock-multiline -is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl: - - s{ - foo - }{ - bar - }e +** New charset implementation with many new charsets. +See M-x list-character-sets. New charsets can be defined conveniently +as tables of unicodes. -Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of -text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a jit-lock-defer-multiline -property over the second half of the command to force (deferred) -refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed. - -** describe-vector now takes a second argument `describer' which is -called to print the entries' values. It defaults to `princ'. - -** defcustom and other custom declarations now use a default group -(the last group defined in the same file) when no :group was given. - -** emacsserver now runs pre-command-hook and post-command-hook when -it receives a request from emacsclient. - -** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted. -Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more -than 3 levels of nesting. - -** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have -been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used -in Indented-Text mode. - -** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect' -property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use -it in that buffer. - -** If you set `query-replace-skip-read-only' non-nil, -`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore -a match if part of it has a read-only property. - -** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits -properties from surrounding text. - -** New function `buffer-local-value'. - -- Function: buffer-local-value variable buffer - -This function returns the buffer-local binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) -in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not have a buffer-local binding in -buffer BUFFER, it returns the default value of VARIABLE instead. - -** The default value of `paragraph-start' and `indent-line-function' has -been changed to reflect the one used in Text mode rather than the one -used in Indented Text mode. - -** New function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text -that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one -clone to the other. - -** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'. -*** the FACENAME returned in font-lock-keywords can be a list -of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP@ VAL2 ...) so you can set -other properties than `face'. -*** font-lock-extra-managed-props can be set to make sure those extra -properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock. +The dimension of a charset is now 0, 1, 2, or 3, and the size of each +dimension is no longer limited to 94 or 96. -** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks' -are used by define-derived-mode to make sure the mode hook for the -parent mode is run at the end of the child mode. - -** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument -to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist' -and run any code associated with the provided feature. - -** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can -be used to transform filenames found in compilation output. - -+++ -** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now -ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as -`.emacs' are treated as extensionless. - -** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the -user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name' -accepts a float as UID parameter. - -** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1. - -** `define-derived-mode' now accepts nil as the parent. - -** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in elisp files is now obeyed. - -** New functions `keymap-prompt' and `current-active-maps'. - -** New function `describe-buffer-bindings'. - -** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when -searching for an executable resp. an elisp file. - -** Variable aliases have been implemented - -- Macro: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR - -This defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for symbol -BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR returns -the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR changes the -value of BASE-VAR. - -- Function: indirect-variable VARIABLE - -This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases -of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not -defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE. - -It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of -variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables. - -** Functions from `post-gc-hook' are run at the end of garbage -collection. The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care. - -** If the second argument to `copy-file' is the name of a directory, -the file is copied to that directory instead of signaling an error. +Generic characters no longer exist. -** The variables most-positive-fixnum and most-negative-fixnum -have been moved from the CL package to the core. - -** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS. -The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was -formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system. - -** New packages: - -*** The new package syntax.el provides an efficient way to find the -current syntactic context (as returned by parse-partial-sexp). - -*** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el. -This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented. - -*** The new package Ibuffer provides a powerful, completely -customizable replacement for buff-menu.el. - - -* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1 - -See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and -fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra -charsets in this release. - -** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added. +A dynamic charset priority list is used to infer the charset of +unicodes for display &c. -** Support for LynxOS has been added. - -** There are new configure options associated with the support for -images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure' -to list them. - -** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which -support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5. This increases the -maximum buffer size. See etc/MACHINES for instructions. Changes to -build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any -necessary changes to unexec. - -** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit -Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available. +** The following facilities are obsolete: -** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs -Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available. - -** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using -the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary. - -** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement -all of the new display features described below. The port currently -lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support. See the -"Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the -description of aspects specific to the Mac. - -** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the -new display features described below. +Minor modes: unify-8859-on-encoding-mode, unify-8859-on-decoding-mode -* Changes in Emacs 21.1 - -** Emacs has a new redisplay engine. - -The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height. -Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing -oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height -of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in -the text. - -** Emacs has a new face implementation. - -The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the -font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family, -height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify. -These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together -specify a font. - -Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts. -These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found -under Lisp changes, below. - -** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames. - -Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors. -Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if -the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and -italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it. -Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face -attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored -on terminals. - -The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now -supported on character terminals. - -Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of -the colors supported by the terminal. This means you could have the -same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on -a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option. - -** New default font is Courier 12pt under X. - -** Sound support - -Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware -driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently -supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au). -You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable -sound support. - -** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate. - -If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are -longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it -is on a frame of its own. You can control resizing and the maximum -minibuffer window size by setting the following variables: - -- User option: max-mini-window-height - -Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a -fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it -specifies a number of lines. - -Default is 0.25. - -- User option: resize-mini-windows - -How to resize mini-windows. If nil, don't resize. If t, always -resize to fit the size of the text. If `grow-only', let mini-windows -grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk -again. - -Default is `grow-only'. - -** LessTif support. - -Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see -<http://www.lesstif.org>). You will need version 0.92.26, or later. - -** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog. - -When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name -from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is -non-nil. - -** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported. - -When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version -now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a -file to visit. File->Save As also pops up that dialog. - -** Toolkit scroll bars. - -Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available. When configured for -LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar. Otherwise, when -configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll -bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll -bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring -Emacs. - -When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how -Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from -Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your -Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a -define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take -`s/freebsd.h' as an example. - -Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take -a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the -directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on -different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your -system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO', -add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file. - -The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or -`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO. -This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's -imake configuration file contains the necessary information. Since -Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually. - -** Tool bar support. - -Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details -of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level -changes. Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is -displayed and is on by default. The appearance of the bar is improved -if Emacs has been built with XPM image support. Otherwise monochrome -icons will be used. - -To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons -for specific modes (with copyright assignments). - -** Tooltips. - -Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current -mouse position. The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them. You can -turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'. - -Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated, -variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with -the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the -tooltip display in the group `tooltip'. - -** Automatic Hscrolling - -Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if -`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be -customized. - -If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or -scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound -for automatic horizontal scrolling. Automatic scrolling will scroll -the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more -to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc. - -** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor -of its own. By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is -solid; otherwise, it is hollow. The user-option -`cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the -cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is shown, if -non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown. - -** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display -truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The -foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by -customizing face `fringe'. - -** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default. -You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'. -In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D -appearance of the mode line. (The 3D appearance makes the mode line -occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of -the window to be partially obscured.) - -The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older -versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated. -However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be -ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face. - -** Mouse-sensitive mode line. - -Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all -systems which support the mouse. Moving the mouse to a -mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the -mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is -displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you -have enabled one. - -Currently, the following actions have been defined: - -- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer. - -- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer. - -- Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or -`*') toggles the status. - -- Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu. - -** Hourglass pointer - -Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X. You can -turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'. - -** Blinking cursor - -M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on -terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking -and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in -the group `cursor'. - -** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'. - -This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is -generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification. -See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more -details. - -Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't -have to do anything to activate it. - -** The default binding of the Delete key has changed. - -The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to -determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys. - -On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen -according to the keyboard used. If the keyboard has both a Backspace -key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the -option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to -delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward. On -keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two -keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is -set to nil, and these keys delete backward. - -If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes -a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the -Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via -`keyboard-translate'. The former functionality of C-h is available on -the F1 key. You should probably not use this setting on a text-only -terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys. - -Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode -to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys. - -** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been -changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a -buffer by default. - -** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the -current line, respectively. C-<home> and C-<end> move to the -beginning and end of the buffer. - -** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files. If the -recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is -signaled. - -** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init -file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer. - -** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't -compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change -this behavior. - -The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte -compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let -Emacs dump core. - -** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus. - -When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit -widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for -Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif. - -** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is -more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is -now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus. - -** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set -using that menu. - -** Highlighting of trailing whitespace. - -When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing -whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is -defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy -highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not -displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the -whitespace. - -** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes -all frames except the selected one. - -** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to -let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting. - -** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs -header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window), -so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled. -This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option -`Info-use-header-line'. - -** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card -have been added. They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex', -`de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'. Postscript files are included. - -** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available. - -** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is -`dired-ref.tex'. A French translation is available in -`fr-drdref.tex'. - -** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not -displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the -menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode -menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu. - -** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize. - -You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path' -because it now contains a version-dependent component. You can still -use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your -`~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general. - -** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at -point in a pop-up window. - -** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse) -under XFree86. To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or -customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'. - -The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount' -determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled. - -** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a -sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory. -(On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.) -You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location. - -** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively. - -** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil -to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights. - -** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the -trailing whitespace within the current restriction. You can also add -this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'. - -** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will -be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is -non-nil. - -** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be -set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a -file that is already visited under a different name. - -** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to -nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size. - -** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name -and displays information about that. - -** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular -expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination. - -This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to -determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a -mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be -interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the -regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode -associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'. - -** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is -suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'. - -** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if -buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer -contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or -by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and -insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment, -the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding. -Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system. - -** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have -been removed -- use `set-language-environment'. - -** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding -system for keyboard input. - -** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs' -coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's -escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores -such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is -recommended not to change it except for the special case that you -always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to -read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c -(`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1 -RET C-x C-f filename RET. - -** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the -environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'. - -** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and -displays all characters in that character set. - -** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based -coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8. - -** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment -and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the -LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup. - -** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'. -Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets -8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign). -GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have -8859-15. See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts. -There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only) -and Polish `slash'. - -** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'. -These new environments mainly select appropriate translations -of the tutorial. - -** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for -function keys are changed as follows. This is to conform to "Emacs -Lisp Coding Convention". - - new command old-binding - --- ------- ----------- - f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer f5 - S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region f5 - C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5 - - f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer unchanged - S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region unchanged - C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged - - S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation f3 - S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel f6 - S-f7 ethio-replace-space f7 - S-f8 ethio-input-special-character f8 - S-f9 ethio-replace-space unchanged - C-f9 ethio-toggle-space f2 - -** There are new Leim input methods. -New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix", -"greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim -package. - -** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed. Now the -rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus -typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively. Rules for translating -"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted. Now, to input -"`", you must type "=q". - -** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO -8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display -more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of -empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a -window system). Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this -on. - -** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based -on the context. M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill, -defined in newcomment.el. You can choose different styles of region -commenting with the variable `comment-style'. - -** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and -`display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail -indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the -indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive. - -** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines -on the display using several methods - -- By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be -a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should -be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames. - -- By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is -equivalent to specifying the frame parameter. - -- By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line. - -- By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is -the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only. - -** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create -an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The -command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c, -does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window. - -** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and -`make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups, -typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory. - -** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1 -characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities. - -** New X resources recognized - -*** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies -whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode -is useful for debugging X problems. - -Example: - - emacs.synchronous: true - -*** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the -visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of -the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class, -and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid -visual class names are - - TrueColor - PseudoColor - DirectColor - StaticColor - GrayScale - StaticGray - -Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e. -`pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same -meaning. - -The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes -supported on your display, and which depths they have. If -`visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default -visual. - -Example: - - emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8 - -*** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap', -specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the -default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized -resource values are `true' or `on'. - -Example: - - emacs.privateColormap: true - -** Faces and frame parameters. - -There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'. -Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and -`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face -`scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color' -sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise -for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame -parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'. - -Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the -`default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters -`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the -`default' face and vice versa. - -** New face `menu'. - -The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus. - -** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction. - -The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for -colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma -correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies -the screen gamma of a frame's display. - -PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result -in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD -color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2). - -The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class -`ScreenGamma'. - -** Tabs and variable-width text. - -Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is -defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is -independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears. -Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts. - -** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar - -*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin". - - emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5 - -The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the -LessTif/Motif one. - -*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in -LessTif and Motif. - -** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X. - -As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be -drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set -`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value. - -** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a -bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less). - -This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable -`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this -variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'. - -** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method. - -When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the -value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a -number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that -fraction of the window's height from the top of the window. - -When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the -value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a -number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that -fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window. - -** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either -M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET. -M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special -buffers. - -** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history. - -** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows -abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing -`directory-abbrev-alist'. - -** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives -the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be -forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this -value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system -users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership, -even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them. - -The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature. - -** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces, -notably at the end of lines. - -All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted -spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way. - -** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'. - -** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle', -but inserts text instead of replacing it. - -** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like -query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated -after each match to get the replacement text. - -** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets -you edit the replacement string. - -** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB' -(if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases -in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol. - -** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value. - -** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set -to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it. - -** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains -the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and -MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus -displayed by Emacs now have help strings. - --- -** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to -read mail from the menu etc. - -** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows. -This environment variable was used when creating lock files. Emacs on -MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore. This change was made -before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now. - -** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the -MS-DOS version of Emacs. - -** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version -of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons. -This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons -correctly. One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons, -but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version -of Emacs. - -** Customize changes - -*** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the -`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to -M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value. Note that -customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in -earlier versions of Emacs. - -*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill -Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the -default). - -*** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it -does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init -file. This is because saving customizations from such a session would -wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init -file. - -** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it -does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to -avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are -already in your init file. - -** New features in evaluation commands - -*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp -modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables -print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new -customizable variables eval-expression-print-level, -eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error. - -The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4 -respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most -the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if -the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...' is -printed). - -<RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated -printed representation and an unabbreviated one. - -The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error -during evaluation produces a backtrace. - -*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments -code when called with a prefix argument. - -** CC mode changes. - -Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with -current user setups (although it's believed that these -incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances). -However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled -back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward -compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this -release. - -*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone. -CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode -is entered. This has now been removed since it caused too much -confusion. - -However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the -default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for -java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before). So you won't -notice the change if you haven't touched that variable. - -*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall. -Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list: - -space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening -parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)". - -compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening -parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function. -It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the -style "foo (bar)" and "foo()". - -*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation. -Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made -"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an -earlier statement. An example: - -for (i = 0; i < 17; i++) - if (a[i]) - res += a[i]->offset; -else - -Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it -continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after -the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's -possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of -the preceding "if". - -CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on -by default. - -*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings. -Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which -meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing -documentation or other natural language text. - -The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that -contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in -the short strings that often reside inside statements. Multiline -strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed -to other strings that typically contain format specifications, -commands, etc. Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses -sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway. - -*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode. -Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the -source, like Javadoc in Java. Pike mode now recognize this markup in -comment prefixes and paragraph starts. - -*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific. -When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment -line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does. This -change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in -Pike mode only. - -*** Better handling of syntactic errors. -The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been -improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message -stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the -following lines in a sane way (most of the time). An "else" with no -matching "if" is handled similarly. If an error is discovered while -indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error -is reported afterwards. - -*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns. -A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by -returning a vector with the desired column as the first element. - -*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation. -Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending -on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now -can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble. Some -code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the -modularity somewhat. Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the -groundwork. - -*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t. -This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior -of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for -non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might -want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't -have to bother. - -Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing -situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally -and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session. -If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of -the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java" -by default) to override the global settings made by the user. - -*** New initialization procedure for the style system. -When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the -variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now -take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This -is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific -settings would override the global settings. This change makes it -possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with -Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file. - -By default, the global value of every style variable is the new -special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from -the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting -of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described -above. - -Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only* -when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode -function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a -call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style --- -then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style -values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values -only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the -function documentation for more info. - -The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users, -especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or -with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is -intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well, -such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system -is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current -configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and -global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set. - -(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.) - -**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable. -This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior. - -This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style -variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be -completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when -the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the -empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the -style system. - -**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior. -In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set -c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back -as far as possible. - -*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling. -CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the -surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new -chapter about this in the manual. - -**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations. -The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly -recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's -primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and -adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses. - -**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix. -This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable -c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings. - -**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode. -This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments. - -It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC -Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/). -A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use -inside CC Mode. - -Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that -causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match -the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is -available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/ -cc-mode/). - -**** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and -`c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and -enders were filled, are not used anymore. The new version of the -function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as -they were before the filling. - -**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling. -The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in -specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string -literals. - -**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break. -It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line -prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If -you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to -this function. - -*** Fixes to IDL mode. -It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant -to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a -struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword. -Thanks to Eric Eide. - -*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style. -It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when -opening braces hangs and when they don't. - -**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block. - -*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block. -See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a -better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates, -and is used by default to line up continued template arguments. - -*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the -previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in -the column specified by comment-column. - -*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments. -In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation -is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line -prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that -contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally -don't want CC Mode to change the indentation. - -*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start -instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup -arguments. - -*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings. - -*** More preprocessor directive movement functions. -c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional. -c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are -variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don -Provan). - -*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations. - -** Dired changes - -*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete -command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default -is, delete only empty directories. - -*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy -command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not -copy directories recursively. - -*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?' -in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with -the difference that the command will be run on each file individually. - -*** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a') -replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or -directory. - -*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows -a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on. -This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so -will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as -accurate or inaccurate as it is. - -*** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R' -from ls switches. - -*** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use -of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename, -which the user can then edit. This only works if there is a single -source file, not when operating on multiple marked files. - -** Gnus changes. - -The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in -four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment, -internationalization and mail-fetching. - -*** The mail-fetching functions have changed. See the manual for the -many details. In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone. - -If you used procmail like in - -(setq nnmail-use-procmail t) -(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail) -(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/") -(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in") - -this now has changed to - -(setq mail-sources - '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/" - :suffix ".in"))) - -More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods -> -Getting Mail -> Mail Sources - -*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader. This affects many parts of -Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands. See the manual for details. -Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no -longer work; remove them and use the native facilities. - -The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to -use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was -installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier. - -*** Gnus has also been multilingualized. This also affects too many -parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables. There -are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is -now just a compatibility layer. - -*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in -Gnus facilities. - -*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be -called to position point. +* Lisp changes in Emacs 22.1 -*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in -summary buffers and NOV files. - -*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed. Instead, a number -of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added. - -*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a -subtly different manner. - -*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive -and nnultimate. nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with -ever-changing layouts. - -*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap. - -*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support. - -** Changes in Texinfo mode. - -*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo -macros - - Key binding Macro - ------------------------- - C-c C-c C-s @strong - C-c C-c C-e @emph - C-c C-c u @uref - C-c C-c q @quotation - C-c C-c m @email - C-c C-o @<block> ... @end <block> - M-RET @item - -*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context. - -** Changes in Outline mode. - -There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command -`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to -the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents. - -** Changes to Emacs Server - -*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do -with buffers when done with them. If non-nil, the default, buffers -are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with -Emacs Server. If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which -buffers to kill, as before. - -Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client, -i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in -this way. - -** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options -of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE. - -** Changes to Show Paren mode. - -*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property. -The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to -use. Default is 1000. - -** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren -groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes). - -** Changes to hideshow.el - -*** Generalized block selection and traversal - -A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings), -and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp -serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate. -See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'. - -*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active, -hidden blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' can -be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of -the open block. - -*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a -function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of -the normal block-hiding function. - -*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed. - -*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions, -roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode. Notably, the prefix -for all bindings is now `C-c @'. For details, see the documentation -for `hs-minor-mode'. - -*** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and -hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t. - -** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions - -*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes -an entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making -log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions. - -**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the -current buffer. - -*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries -in a log file. - -*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log -entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil. -Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's -version number is performed based on regular expressions from -`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized. -Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file. - -*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting. - -** Changes to cmuscheme - -*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed -`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el. - -** Changes in Font Lock - -*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove -font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode. - -*** Multi-line patterns are now supported. Modes using this, should -set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults. - -*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose -the face used for each string/comment. - -*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'. -Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code". - -** Changes to Shell mode - -*** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer -to use, which defaults to "*shell*". When used interactively, a -non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a -prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name). - -** Comint (subshell) changes - -These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which -include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc. - -*** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters. -Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and -BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the -beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character, -respectively). This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to -the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default. - -*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp' -to distinguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which -parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the -user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use -this information. Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line, -respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner. To disable this -feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option -`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'. - -*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes -and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers. - -*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and -buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current -buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer. - -The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like -M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of -the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer. - -*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts, -and support choosing previous input with mouse-2. To control these features, -see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'. - -*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s') -saves the output from the most recent command to a file. With a prefix -argument, it appends to the file. - -*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output' -(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for -compatibility. - -*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input -ring (history). - -*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for -identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp -strings, starting with a `#'. The default value of this variable is "^#". - -** Changes to Rmail mode - -*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be -set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when -receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the -recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default, -`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself -as correspondent. - -Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect -mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a -regexp matching your mail addresses. - -*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how -to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an -Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation -with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask -for confirmation with yes-or-no-p. - -*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg, -like `j'. - -*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that -specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a -digest message. - -*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies -in which folder to put messages automatically. - -*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message -with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly -due to missing or malformed "charset=" header. - -** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify -an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address. - -** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to -use the -f option when sending mail. - -** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the -current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in -the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'. -This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded -by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be -displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file. - -If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system -other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable -`rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system. - -** Changes to TeX mode - -*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to -`latex-mode'. - -*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm. - -*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs. - -*** Added support for outline-minor-mode. - -** Changes to RefTeX mode - -*** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be - created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys. - Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default - macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically - sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries - can be edited from that buffer. - -*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several - items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or - `A' to use all marked entries). - -*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce - memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used. - -*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &' - in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order - to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has - been cited. - -** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings. -The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading -semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `(' -in column 1 are always made leaves. - -** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks) -has the following new features: - -*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern -may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like -to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable -time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns. - -*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This -feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source -file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the -compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching -pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it -defaults to 1. - -** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in -file names. - -** Ispell changes - -*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if -transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it -spell-checks the current buffer. - -*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been -added. - -*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling -correction is made and re-checked. - -*** An Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definition has been added. - -*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some -cases. - -*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict -on syntax errors. - -*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the -end of the buffer. - -*** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs. - -** Makefile mode changes - -*** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'. - -*** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when -Fontlock mode is active. - -** Isearch changes - -*** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history, -so that searches can be resumed. - -*** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r, -respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys -that started the search. - -*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current -selection into the search string rather than giving an error. - -*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search. - -Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable -`isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current -search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as -before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are -highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to -`secondary-selection'. - -The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor -will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search. -Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion -using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its -usual snappy response. - -If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for -matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is -set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x -isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'. - -** VC Changes - -VC has been overhauled internally. It is now modular, making it -easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends. (See Lisp -Changes for details on the new structure.) As a result, the mechanism -to enable and disable support for particular version systems has -changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable -`vc-handled-backends'. Its value is a list of symbols that identify -version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS). When finding a file, -each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the -file is registered in that backend. - -When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed -backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the -directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for -master files exists). If none of the backends is responsible, then -the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen. -As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete. - -The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC -still supports it for backward compatibility. To define templates for -RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables -vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates. (There is no such feature under CVS -where it doesn't make sense.) - -The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also -obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude -`CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now. - -*** General Changes - -The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding -checks are always done now. - -VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control -operations. - -`vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'. -`vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'. -`vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'. - -The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the -first revision number. This means that any recent changes on the -current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into -the working file (``merge news''). - -The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r -(vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work -downwards. - -*** Multiple Backends - -VC now lets you register files in more than one backend. This is -useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS -repository. You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally -commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your -local RCS archives. - -To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example) -should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote'' -backend (CVS) should come later. (The default value of -`vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.) - -You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing -C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as -a revision number). VC registers the file in the more local backend -if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the -current revision number from the more remote backend. - -If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to -another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend). This does not change -any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file. Use this to -pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally. - -After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your -changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET. In this case, the -local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry -buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file. - -*** Changes for CVS - -There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'. If it is `t' (the -default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in -remote repositories. The state of such files is then only determined -by heuristics and past information. `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a -regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts -that match it are treated locally. If the variable is nil, then VC -queries the repository just as often as it does for local files. - -If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of -repository versions. This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and -revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without -any repository interactions at all. The name of a local version -backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version -number. This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~ -(vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot. As a matter -of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other, -the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted -automatically after commit. (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS, -since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file -name.) - -If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the -repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit. -If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to -commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the -current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an -entire directory tree. - -The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call -"cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'. (This option -is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are -"watched" by other developers.) - -The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r -(vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS. If you give -an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update', -starting at the given directory. - -*** Lisp Changes in VC - -VC has been restructured internally to make it modular. You can now -add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a -library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and -then telling VC to use that library. For example, to add support for -a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which -provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top -of vc.el for a detailed list of them). To make VC use that library, -you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol -`SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'. - -** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT -SUBS command and EDT scroll margins. It also works with more -terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs. -See etc/edt-user.doc for more information. - -** New modes and packages - -*** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' -automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when -the default is not applicable. - -*** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines, -rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard. The -shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \. - -Features are: - -- Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is - drawn, like this: | \ / - --+-- X - | / \ - -- Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the - result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse. If - your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a - pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off. You will - then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line - you are drawing. - -- Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight) - poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >. - -- Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by - flood-filling. - -- Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular - regions. Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be - turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in - artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa. - -- Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can - also do without the mouse. +New functions: characterp, max-char, map-charset-chars, +define-charset-alias, primary-charset, set-primary-charset, +unify-charset, clear-charset-maps, charset-priority-list, +set-charset-priority, define-coding-system, +define-coding-system-alias, coding-system-aliases -- Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to - reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares - and circles are then drawn square/round. Note, that once your - ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio, - the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round. - -- Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented: - - lines straight-lines - rectangles squares - poly-lines straight poly-lines - ellipses circles - text (see-thru) text (overwrite) - spray-can setting size for spraying - vaporize line vaporize lines - erase characters erase rectangles - - Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or - diagonally. Plain lines go in any direction. The operations in - the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while - drawing. - - It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines - (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are - straight and connected at their endpoints. Vaporizing is inspired - by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>. - -- Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this - can be turned off). - -*** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell -implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp. Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it. -It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp -functions and external commands using the same syntax. It supports -history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc. It -will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to. And since most of -the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been -rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell, -all within the scope of your Emacs process. - -*** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time -intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the -typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working -on certain projects. - -*** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches -of interactively entered regexps. For example, - - M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET - -will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background -face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are -typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting. -Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of -appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the -current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the -corresponding file is read. There are commands to highlight matches -to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match. - -*** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when -Emacs is idle. - -*** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text -fragments in accordance with the current major mode. - -*** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML -parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however. - -*** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el -package which allows different styles of comment-region and should -be more robust while offering the same functionality. -`comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only -comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary. - -*** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags -facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a -separate Texinfo file. - -*** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or -by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument) -provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS. It comes with -`log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to -enter check-in log messages. - -*** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages -without invoking external programs. - -The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp -and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike -`manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it -is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and -Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available. - -The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man -page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does. - -*** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for -authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback. - -The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for -the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in -the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing. -Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so -even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a -single step. - -On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like -matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will -probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp -contains such to get feedback about their respective limits. - -*** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes -unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without -actually modifying content of a buffer. - -*** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in -PostScript. - -Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc. - -The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements: - - ; comment (until end of line) - A non-terminal - "C" terminal - ?C? special - $A default non-terminal - $"C" default terminal - $?C? default special - A = B. production (A is the header and B the body) - C D sequence (C occurs before D) - C | D alternative (C or D occurs) - A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal) - n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times) - (C) group (expression C is grouped together) - [C] optional (C may or not occurs) - C+ one or more occurrences of C - {C}+ one or more occurrences of C - {C}* zero or more occurrences of C - {C} zero or more occurrences of C - C / D equivalent to: C {D C}* - {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}* - {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*] - {C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*] - -Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it. - -*** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x -align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions, -determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for -example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the -equal signs of assignments. - -*** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting -paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'. - -*** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to -list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a -buffer menu with this package. See the Custom group `bs'. - -*** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp. - -*** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to -replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it -is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators, -and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should -not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool -which answers different needs. - -*** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights -suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside -expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of -course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with -reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode -to be enabled. - -*** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files -containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS. - -*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game. - -*** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the -current line in the current buffer. It also provides -`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behaviour in all buffers. - -*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties. - -Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and -`global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will -disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to -`comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers. This -displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground -and background colors. - -*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object -Pascal) language. - -*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on -the text at point. - -*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases. - -*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures. - -*** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus -whitespace in a file. - -*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript -files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including -(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for -interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and -often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out / -uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal -codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu. - -*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle. - -Here is an example of columns: - -horse apple bus -dog pineapple car EXTRA -porcupine strawberry airplane - -Doing the following settings: - - (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ") - (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]") - (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ") - (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t") - - -Selecting the lines above and typing: - - M-x delimit-columns-region - -It results: - -[ horse , apple , bus , ] -[ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ] -[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ] - -delim-col has the following options: - - delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted - before all columns. - - delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted - between each column. - - delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted - after all columns. - - delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates - each column. - -delim-col has the following commands: - - delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region. - delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. - -*** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were -operated on recently. User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a -menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the -recent file list can be displayed: +Changed functions: copy-sequence, decode-char, encode-char, +set-fontset-font, new-fontset, modify-syntax-entry, define-charset, +modify-category-entry -- organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules. -- sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending. -- showing paths relative to the current default-directory - -The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to -dynamically change the menu appearance. - -*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header -text. - -*** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use -of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't -specific to Message mode. - -*** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for -viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files -with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'. - -*** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user -interface to access directory servers using different directory -protocols. It has a separate manual. - -*** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files -for Autoconf, selected automatically. - -*** windmove.el provides moving between windows. - -*** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the -minibuffer with completion. - -*** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration -with the diary features. - -*** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby -numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting. - -*** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto -Fill mode. - -*** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion -facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer. The main -difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning -they can be profiled, debugged, etc. - -*** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. -It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension -`.g'. - -** Changes in sort.el - -The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0' -as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The -new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default -numeric base. - -** Changes to Ange-ftp - -*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file -names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash -sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.) - -*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive -ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that. - -*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which -output ^M at the end of lines. - -** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor -mode `iswitchb-mode'. - -** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore. -If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with -`(msb-mode 1)'. - -** Flyspell mode has various new options. See the `flyspell' Custom -group. - -** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the -behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'. The following values -are recognized: - -`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space; -`hungry' -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces; -`all' -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines; -nil -- just delete one character. - -Default value is `untabify'. - -[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.] - -** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face -symbol, not double-quoted. - -** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future -version. They are: auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline, -profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc. Their implementations have been -moved to lisp/obsolete. - -** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el. -To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the -`auto-compression-mode' command. - -** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for -`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and -`browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser. - -** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to -`browse-url-new-window-flag'. - -** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now -operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode. - -** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'. It -is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia. - -** The Strokes package has been updated. If your Emacs has XPM -support, you can use it for pictographic editing. In Strokes mode, -use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the -buffer. You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands -M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer. There is a -new command M-x strokes-list-strokes. - -** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts -a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer. - -** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters. - -The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the -file you are visiting in Hexl mode. - -** Shell script mode changes. - -Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells -derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizable, and -sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style. - -** Etags changes. - -*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c. - -*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now -possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with -{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out. -This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains -a regular expression. The manual contains details. - -*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function -declarations when given the --declarations option. - -*** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form -"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator. - -*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags -automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or -`template' keywords. - -*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in -C-like languages. Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels. - -*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and -types. - -*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged. - -*** In Java, tags are created for "interface". - -*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs -are now tagged. - -*** In makefiles, tags the targets. - -*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local -variables are tagged. - -*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags. - -*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is -for PSWrap. - -** Changes in etags.el - -*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make -tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default -is to use the same setting as case-fold-search. - -*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting -the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions. - -If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE -FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes -TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist, -obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used. - -TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH. - -FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags -List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol. - -A useful example value for this variable might be something like: - - '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray) - ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray) - ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray)) - -*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance -of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos. - -*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the -names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer. - -*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself. -If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c -/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c", -"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c". If the tag matches the file name, -point will go to the beginning of the file. - -*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if -auto-compression-mode is active. You can tag (with Etags) and search -(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files. - -*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point -in buffers where no match is found. In buffers where a match is -found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring. - -** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to -remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now -appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings. - -** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'. - -** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file. - -** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps' -containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular -expression from that list, are not checked. - -** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files. -When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file, -and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert -the buffer, just like for the local files. - -** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer. - -** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now -displays local abbrevs, only. - -** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping -paragraphs filled as you modify them. - -** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse -may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair. Its value -is measured in pixels. - -** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files -to be visited as images. - -** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command' -were added to compile.el. - -** Withdrawn packages - -*** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same -functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions. - -*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed. - -*** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed. +Obsoleted: char-bytes, chars-in-region, set-coding-priority, +char-valid-p * Incompatible Lisp changes -There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and -may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference. -See the sections below for details. - -** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom -`(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties. -Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties' -to remove the properties of the copy. - -** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code -which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability) -may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from -these properties are active. - -** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search -ranges may affect some code. - -** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook -buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might -make a difference to some code. - -** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which -operates on the minibuffer. - -** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic' -cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce -different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters -(previously, both coding systems would produce the same results). -Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate -character. This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading -multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE -encoding (auto-saving does that, for example). If a Lisp program -reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte -sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as -a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in -the buffer as multibyte characters. - -Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal -MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'. `no-conversion' is only -appropriate for reading truly binary files. - -** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and -`after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail. Use -`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead. - -** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as -long promised. - -** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte -string. - -** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of -extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new -dimension-2 private charset. User code which tries to add more than -one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard -charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes -the emacs-mule encoding. Also, files stored in the emacs-mule -encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will -probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21. - -** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal. -Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be -aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should -not be used. It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and -on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the -behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable. It -turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to -remove this variable in the near future. Lisp programs are well -advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value -will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed. - - -* Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual, -(Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.) - -** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all. - -** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el -allows the animated display of strings. - -** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the -interactive form of a function. - -** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies -between custom options. Example: - - (defcustom default-input-method nil - "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string). - This is the input method activated automatically by the command - `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])." - :group 'mule - :type '(choice (const nil) string) - :set-after '(current-language-environment)) - -This specifies that default-input-method should be set after -current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears -first in a custom-set-variables statement. - -** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of -function execute-kbd-macro. Functions on this hook are called with no -args. The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated -(signal or normal termination). - -** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements -from a list are now available without requiring the CL package. - -** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil -to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights. - -** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies -alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font. - -** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum". - -** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually -deleting the frame. The hook is called with one arg, the frame -being deleted. - -** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg. - -** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed. -If a range in a regular expression or the arg of -skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends -with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is -C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's -charset. - -** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in -the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the -message. - -** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an -expression with auto-compression-mode enabled. - -** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced -with the more general `:mask' property. - -** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's. - -** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a -backslash. - -** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs -is running in batch mode. For example, - - (message "%s" (read t)) - -will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result -to standard output. - -** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list', -`kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional. - -** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer' -will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new -frame or window. - -** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences -were added - -- Function: remove ELT SEQ - -Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed. SEQ must be -a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'. - -- Function: remq ELT LIST - -Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed. The -comparison is done with `eq'. - -** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings. - -** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table -has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and -`key-and-value', in addition the `nil', `key', `value', and `t'. - -** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string -without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may -convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary. - -** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function -or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string. - -** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the -function was declared obsolete. - -** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is -retained as an alias). - -** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs. -It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result -is automatically converted to Emacs' form. - -** The new function `window-list' has been defined - -- Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF - -Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW. FRAME nil or -omitted means use the selected frame. WINDOW nil or omitted means use -the selected window. MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window, -even if it isn't active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the -minibuffer window only if it's active. MINIBUF neither nil nor t -means never include the minibuffer window. - -** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows - -- Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT - -Return a window satisfying PREDICATE. - -This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows', -calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as -argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil -value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is -returned. - -Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even -if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff -it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the -minibuffer even if it is active. - -Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer -counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count -too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame -and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts, -`walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you -entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window. - -ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument. -ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above. -ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames. -ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames. -ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames. -If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame. -Anything else means restrict to the selected frame. - -** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and -event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional -argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed. - -** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a -call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that -message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x. -Default value is nil. - -** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil, -meaning no limit. - -** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls -the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line -numbers in the mode line. The default is 200. - -** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred -coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and -DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified, - -** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument -list of a primitive. - -** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps. - -** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the -buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property. -This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather -than replacing the local map. - -** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and -`after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been -removed. Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' -instead. - -** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'. - -** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments, -as promised long ago. - -** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float. - -** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems -for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but -patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names. - - -* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features) - -** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for -regular expressions. - -- Function: rx-to-string SEXP - -Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation. - -- Macro: rx SEXP - -Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation. - -The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp -notation. - -STRING - matches string STRING literally. - -CHAR - matches character CHAR literally. - -`not-newline' - matches any character except a newline. - . -`anything' - matches any character - -`(any SET)' - matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string. - Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. - -'(in SET)' - like `any'. - -`(not (any SET))' - matches any character not in SET - -`line-start' - matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line - in the text being matched - -`line-end' - is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line - -`string-start' - matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the - string being matched against. - -`string-end' - matches the empty string, but only at the end of the - string being matched against. - -`buffer-start' - matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the - buffer being matched against. - -`buffer-end' - matches the empty string, but only at the end of the - buffer being matched against. - -`point' - matches the empty string, but only at point. - -`word-start' - matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a - word. - -`word-end' - matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. - -`word-boundary' - matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a - word. - -`(not word-boundary)' - matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a - word. - -`digit' - matches 0 through 9. - -`control' - matches ASCII control characters. - -`hex-digit' - matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. - -`blank' - matches space and tab only. - -`graphic' - matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, - space, and DEL. - -`printing' - matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars - and DEL. - -`alphanumeric' - matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, - it matches anything that has word syntax.) - -`letter' - matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, - it matches anything that has word syntax.) - -`ascii' - matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. - -`nonascii' - matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. - -`lower' - matches anything lower-case. - -`upper' - matches anything upper-case. - -`punctuation' - matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, - it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) - -`space' - matches anything that has whitespace syntax. - -`word' - matches anything that has word syntax. - -`(syntax SYNTAX)' - matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one - of the following symbols. - - `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation) - `punctuation' (\\s.) - `word' (\\sw) - `symbol' (\\s_) - `open-parenthesis' (\\s() - `close-parenthesis' (\\s)) - `expression-prefix' (\\s') - `string-quote' (\\s\") - `paired-delimiter' (\\s$) - `escape' (\\s\\) - `character-quote' (\\s/) - `comment-start' (\\s<) - `comment-end' (\\s>) - -`(not (syntax SYNTAX))' - matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX. - -`(category CATEGORY)' - matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be - either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. - - `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation) - `base-vowel' (\\c1) - `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2) - `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3) - `tone-mark' (\\c4) - `symbol' (\\c5) - `digit' (\\c6) - `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7) - `vowel-sign' (\\c8) - `semivowel-lower' (\\c9) - `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<) - `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>) - `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA) - `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC) - `greek-two-byte' (\\cG) - `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH) - `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI) - `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK) - `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN) - `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY) - `ascii' (\\ca) - `arabic' (\\cb) - `chinese' (\\cc) - `ethiopic' (\\ce) - `greek' (\\cg) - `korean' (\\ch) - `indian' (\\ci) - `japanese' (\\cj) - `japanese-katakana' (\\ck) - `latin' (\\cl) - `lao' (\\co) - `tibetan' (\\cq) - `japanese-roman' (\\cr) - `thai' (\\ct) - `vietnamese' (\\cv) - `hebrew' (\\cw) - `cyrillic' (\\cy) - `can-break' (\\c|) - -`(not (category CATEGORY))' - matches a character that has not category CATEGORY. - -`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' - matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. - -`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' - like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', - `match-beginning', and `match-string'. - -`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' - another name for `submatch'. - -`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' - matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all - args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting - regular expression. - -`(minimal-match SEXP)' - produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching - zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they - match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can - still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. - -`(maximal-match SEXP)' - produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. - -`(zero-or-more SEXP)' - matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches. - -`(0+ SEXP)' - like `zero-or-more'. - -`(* SEXP)' - like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. - -`(*? SEXP)' - like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. - -`(one-or-more SEXP)' - matches one or more occurrences of A. - -`(1+ SEXP)' - like `one-or-more'. - -`(+ SEXP)' - like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. - -`(+? SEXP)' - like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. - -`(zero-or-one SEXP)' - matches zero or one occurrences of A. - -`(optional SEXP)' - like `zero-or-one'. - -`(? SEXP)' - like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. - -`(?? SEXP)' - like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. - -`(repeat N SEXP)' - matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches. - -`(repeat N M SEXP)' - matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches. - -`(eval FORM)' - evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, - `regexp-quote' it. - -`(regexp REGEXP)' - include REGEXP in string notation in the result. - -*** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default. - -*** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the -buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside -the original restriction. Previously, doing this would cause the saved -restriction to be restored incorrectly. - -*** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include -`eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list -when they find 8-bit characters. Previously, they included `ascii' in a -multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer. - -*** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and -`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string -if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set. - -*** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is -changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern -[\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character -regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if -the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the -extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra -bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset -eight-bit-graphic. - -** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables. - -A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for -a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a -character set as previously. - -*** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed. -They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function -modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER. - -CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic -characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the -range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that -case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset. - -FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family -name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font. - -*** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset -registries of character sets are set in the default fontset -"fontset-default". - -*** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second -argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets. - -** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character -composition is done by a special text property `composition' in -buffers and strings. - -*** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite -character' which is an independent character with a unique character -code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters' -have been deleted: composite-char-component, -composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule, -composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete. -The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have -also been deleted. - -*** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to -specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable -`reference-point-alist' for more detail. - -*** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and -MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a -composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters -may differ between buffer and string text. - -*** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END, -COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC. - -*** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition' -directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string. -Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property -`composition' from STRING. - -*** The new function `find-composition' returns information about -a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string. - -*** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as -obsolete. - -** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on -the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text. - -** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff', -`mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been -introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF, -U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively. - -Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so -characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew, -etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are -different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned. For example, text -which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be -encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system. - -** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added. -It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text. For -details, please see the documentation string of this coding system. - -** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and -`japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese -standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2. - -** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15' -have been introduced. - -** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic' -have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and -0xA0..0xFF respectively. Note that the multibyte representation of -eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the -emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the -buffer/string internal representation. Note that to search for -eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string -must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to -their multibyte equivalent. - -** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to -that offset in the file before writing. - -** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and -compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode). - -** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the -`*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer -from which the command was issued. - -** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp', -`query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp', -`replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two -additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to -operate on. - -** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative -to `window-buffer-height'. - -- Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW - -Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END. -The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual -lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc. - -Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max' -respectively. - -If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument -COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil. - -The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for -obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so -on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters. - -Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current -buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes -possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it -is currently displayed in some window. - -** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the -argument function's results. - -** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now -signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails. Also, -`base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs -20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte -sequence). - -** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body' -header in the list of headers passed to it. - -** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but -ignores differences in case and text representation. - -** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the -cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted -as follows: - - t use the cursor specified for the frame (default) - nil don't display a cursor - `bar' display a bar cursor with default width - (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH - others display a box cursor. - -** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether -an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a -defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not -set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning. - -** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax -specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to -the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table' -text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'. - -Example: - - (string-to-syntax "()") - => (4 . 41) - -** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases -other than 10. - -*** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2). -INTEGER optionally contains a sign. - - #b1111 - => 15 - #b-1111 - => -15 - -*** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8). - - #o666 - => 438 - -*** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16). - - #xbeef - => 48815 - -*** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36. - - #2R-111 - => -7 - #25rah - => 267 - -** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of -the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC -and isn't a string. - -** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for -a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil -value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is -not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string. - -** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience. - -** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches -for a regexp in a string. - -** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook -`mouse-position-function'. - -** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers -that don't fit into a Lisp integer. - -** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed. -Keywords are now always considered constants. - -** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and -returns it. - -** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector -returned by function `recent-keys'. - -** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function' -can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns. -Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a -etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the -mode. - -** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument -and is renamed `define-minor-mode'. - -** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol -has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook -function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it -returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has -been performed." - -When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character, -and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the -hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done, -then the self-inserting character is not inserted. - -** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument. -In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray, -and the function's value is nil if it is not found. - -** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms -with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a -specified table. - - (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY) - -Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of -TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the -saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is -what BODY returns. - -** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as -Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators. -Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the -corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet). -Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\'). - -** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been -removed since it wasn't used by anything. - -** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required -instead of being optional. - -** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to -modify read-only text. - -** New functions and variables for locales. - -The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and -decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and -time functions like strftime. The new variables -`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system -locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions. - -The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language -environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from -the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG -environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need -not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables -`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and -`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions. - -** syntax tables now understand nested comments. -To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n' -modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment -start sequences. - -** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p' -because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology. - -** New function `propertize' - -The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct -strings with text properties. - -- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES - -Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified -by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with -PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the -specified value of that property. Example: - - (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t) - -** push and pop macros. - -Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp -are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols -as the place that holds the list to be changed. - -(push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value. -(pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it - (thus altering the value of LISTNAME). - -** New dolist and dotimes macros. - -Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp -are now defined in Emacs Lisp. - -(dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...) - Execute body once for each element of LIST, - using the variable VAR to hold the current element. - Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted. - -(dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...) - Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0, - inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive. - Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted. - -** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as -[:alpha:], [:space:] and so on. These must be used within a character -class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period -or a sign. - -[:digit:] matches 0 through 9 -[:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters -[:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. -[:blank:] matches space and tab only -[:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, - space, and DEL. -[:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars - and DEL. -[:alnum:] matches letters and digits. - (But at present, for multibyte characters, - it matches anything that has word syntax.) -[:alpha:] matches letters. - (But at present, for multibyte characters, - it matches anything that has word syntax.) -[:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. -[:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. -[:lower:] matches anything lower-case. -[:punct:] matches punctuation. - (But at present, for multibyte characters, - it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) -[:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax. -[:upper:] matches anything upper-case. -[:word:] matches anything that has word syntax. - -** Emacs now has built-in hash tables. - -The following functions are defined for hash tables: - -- Function: make-hash-table ARGS - -The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments -are optional. The following arguments are defined: - -:test TEST - -TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'. -Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined, -it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'. - -:size SIZE - -SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how -many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65. - -:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE - -REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes -full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old -size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float > -1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the -old size. Default rehash size is 1.5. - -:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD - -THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the -hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) / -(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8. - -:weakness WEAK - -WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value', -`key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as -`key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage -collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere -outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables. - -- Function: makehash &optional TEST - -Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified. - -- Function: hash-table-p TABLE - -Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object. - -- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE - -Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and -values are shared. - -- Function: hash-table-count TABLE - -Returns the number of entries in TABLE. - -- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE - -Returns the rehash size of TABLE. - -- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE - -Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE. - -- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE - -Returns the size of TABLE. - -- Function: hash-table-test TABLE - -Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys. - -- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE - -Returns the weakness specified for TABLE. - -- Function: clrhash TABLE - -Clear TABLE. - -- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT - -Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if -not found. - -- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE - -Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with -another value, replace the old value with VALUE. - -- Function: remhash KEY TABLE - -Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there. - -- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE - -Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two -arguments KEY and VALUE. - -- Function: sxhash OBJ - -Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ. - -- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN - -Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as -a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for -comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test -and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test' -of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN). - -TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same. - -HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash -code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of -integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers. - -Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to -be strings that are compared case-insensitively. - - (defun case-fold-string= (a b) - (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t)) - - (defun case-fold-string-hash (a) - (sxhash (upcase a))) - - (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string= - 'case-fold-string-hash)) - - (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold) - -** The Lisp reader handles circular structure. - -It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent -circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents -a cons cell which is its own cdr. - -** The Lisp printer handles circular structure. - -If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs -#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure. - -** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or -t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the -specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it -is too short to reach that column. - -** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may -now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION -after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with -two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made. - -If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters, -perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily -and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it. - -** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument -to specify which buffer to return the size of. - -** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook -calendar-move-hook after moving point. - -** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a -directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be -small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If -small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use -temporary-file-directory instead. - -** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all -the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects -`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as -hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties. - -** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the -elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value. - -** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file. - -make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually -creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error, -ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file. - -** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region' - -The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists -on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW -is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists; -never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means -ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and -overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation. - -If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl', -that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call -to get an error if the file exists at that time. -The error reported is `file-already-exists'. - -** Function `format' now handles text properties. - -Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string. -If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties -ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the -result string. - -Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result -string where arguments appear in the result string. - -Example: - - (let ((s1 "hello, %s") - (s2 "world")) - (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1) - (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2) - (format s1 s2)) - -results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end. - -** Messages can now be displayed with text properties. - -Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'. -The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic -argument in it. - - (let ((msg "hello, %s!") - (arg "world")) - (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg) - (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg) - (message msg arg)) - -** Sound support - -Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs -(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver). - -Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio -(*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' -to enable sound support. - -Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a -list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined -when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The -functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the -sound to play, before playing the sound. - -The following sound properties are supported: - -- `:file FILE' - -FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be -searched relative to `data-directory'. - -- `:data DATA' - -DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data -may be present, but not both. - -- `:volume VOLUME' - -VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range -0..1. This property is optional. - -- `:device DEVICE' - -DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the -sound. The default device is system-dependent. - -Other properties are ignored. - -An alternative interface is called as -(play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE). - -** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group. - -** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being -a keyword symbol. - -** Changes to garbage collection - -*** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number -of live and free strings. - -*** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of -strings that have been consed so far. - - -* Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs -Lisp Manual - -** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes -mini-windows. - -** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional -argument, PARTIALLY. If a character is only partially visible, nil is -returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil. - -** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used. - -** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text. - -** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an -image. - -- Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME - -Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT). - -SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes -measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical -character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default -font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. -FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. - -** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image -has a mask bitmap. - -- Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME - -Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap. -FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil -or omitted means use the selected frame. - -** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image -satisfying one of a list of specifications. - -** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now -optional. - -** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see -below). - - -* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1 - -** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used -to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs. - -Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying -text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground -is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on -your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on -laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to -just display it black instead. - -This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put -a line like - - (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t) - -in your `.emacs'. - -** New face implementation. - -Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD -font names anymore and face merging now works as expected. - -*** New faces. - -Each face can specify the following display attributes: - - 1. Font family or fontset alias name. - - 2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set - width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'. - - 3. Font height in 1/10pt - - 4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'. - - 5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'. - - 6. Foreground color. - - 7. Background color. - - 8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color. - - 9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video. - - 10. A background stipple, a bitmap. - - 11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color. - - 12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what - color. - - 13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its - color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance. - -Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the -same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different -frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named -faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector -with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face -attributes mentioned above. - -There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face -definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly -created frames. - -A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified -have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called -`fully-specified'. - -*** Face merging. - -The display style of a given character in the text is determined by -combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any -aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text -properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure -that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always -results in a fully-specified face. - -*** Face realization. - -After all face attributes for a character have been determined by -merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The -realization process maps face attributes to what is physically -available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized -face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face -cache of the frame on which it was realized. - -Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the -character to display because different fonts and encodings are used -for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different -charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them. - -Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a -specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face -being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of -the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with -statically defined font name patterns in fontsets. - -In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function -`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those > -0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from -the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is -initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for -Emacs. - -Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with -`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same -registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent -with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only. - -**** Clearing face caches. - -The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches -on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload -unused fonts. - -*** Font selection. - -Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a -given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently -for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name. - -If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a -pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font -family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a -property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to -an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed. - -Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched -against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best -match for the given face attributes in this font list. - -Font selection can be influenced by the user. - -The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face -attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting -face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute -names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means -that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font -width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries -to find a best match for the specified font height, etc. - -Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify -alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face -doesn't exist. - -Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify -all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a -registry. - -Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are -slightly different. - -Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts. - - -**** Scalable fonts - -Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default, -since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86 -servers. - -To enable scalable font use, set the variable -`scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use -scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used. -Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A -scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from -that list. Example: - - (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$")) - -allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'. - -*** Functions and variables related to font selection. - -- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME - -Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY -is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a -string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'. - -If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of -the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P -FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name. -POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and -SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font. -These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil -if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and -REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of -the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting -of the face font sort order. - -- Function: x-font-family-list - -Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is -omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses -(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is -non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch. - -- Variable: font-list-limit - -Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions -won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a -matching font. The default is currently 100. - -*** Setting face attributes. - -For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible -with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now -implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and -`face-attribute'. - -Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword -symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'. - -The following attributes are recognized: - -`:family' - -VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'', -or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*' -and `?' are allowed. - -`:width' - -VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use. -It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed', -`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded', -`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'. - -`:height' - -VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use -in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to -scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old -height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height. - -`:weight' - -VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the -symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal', -`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'. - -`:slant' - -VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the -symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or -`reverse-oblique'. - -`:foreground', `:background' - -VALUE must be a color name, a string. - -`:underline' - -VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If -VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is -a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly -don't underline. - -`:overline' - -VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If -VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a -string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't -overline. - -`:strike-through' - -VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line -striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the -face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE -is nil, explicitly don't strike through. - -`:box' - -VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn -around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If -VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color -of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name, -and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise, -VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH -:color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from -the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as -specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it -defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is -the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background -color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box -should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking -like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box -that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if -the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D -box. - -`:inverse-video' - -VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in -inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil. - -`:stipple' - -If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data. -The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are -searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH -HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA -is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means -explicitly don't use a stipple pattern. - -For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight', -and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name: - -`:font' - -Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid -XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font -is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous -versions of Emacs. - -For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can -be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE -must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed." - -Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and -`defface'. - -`:inherit' - -VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list -of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face -like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces. - -*** Face attributes and X resources - -The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes -from X resources: - - Face attribute X resource class ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - :family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily - :width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth - :height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight - :weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight - :slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant - foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground - :background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground - :overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline - :strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough - :box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox - :underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline - :inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse - :stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple - or attributeBackgroundPixmap - Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap - :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont - :bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold - :italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic - :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont - -*** Text property `face'. - -The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face -specification or a list of such specifications. Each face -specification can be - -1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face. - -2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each - KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value - for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute' - for face attribute names. - -3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or - (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is - for compatibility with previous Emacs versions. - -** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals. - -The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use -on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on -the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by -default. You can get defined colors with a call to -`defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be -used to clear the mapping table. - -** Unified support for colors independent of frame type. - -The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values', -and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose -type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style -color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame -display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the -old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and -`x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for -compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs -should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to -modify their color-related behavior. - -The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for -any frame type. - -** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities. - -The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p', -`display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens', -`display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width', -`display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under', -`display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and -`display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular -display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing -the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling -platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'. - -The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular -display can display image files. - -** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer. - -This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to. -To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize -the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the -`Inviolable' option. - -The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the -end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current. -Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'. - -** New `field' abstraction in buffers. - -There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs -buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field' -property (which can be a text property or an overlay). - -Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence, -forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come -to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will -not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement -commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field -boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding -`inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these -functions. - -Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in -a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common -editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt. - -The following functions are defined for operating on fields: - -- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY - -Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS. - -A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. -If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the -constrained position if that is different. - -If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable -positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument -ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is -constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property -as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE -is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent -fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with -the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is -also considered to be `on the boundary'. - -If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining -NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned -unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like -C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries -only in the case where they can still move to the right line. - -If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has -a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored. - -Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil. - -- Function: delete-field &optional POS - -Delete the field surrounding POS. -A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. -If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. - -- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE - -Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS. -A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. -If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. -If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its -field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned. - -- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE - -Return the end of the field surrounding POS. -A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. -If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. -If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field, -then the end of the *following* field is returned. - -- Function: field-string &optional POS - -Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string. -A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. -If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. - -- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS - -Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties. -A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. -If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. - -** Image support. - -Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving -strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of -(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value -replaces the display of the characters having that property. - -If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of -`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If -AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a -window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal -area. - -IMAGE is an image specification. - -*** Image specifications - -Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS -is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each -specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a -symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not -described below are ignored. - -The following is a list of properties all image types share. - -`:ascent ASCENT' - -ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'. -If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height -to use for its ascent. - -If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the -image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in. - -If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a -centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position -of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and -overlays that apply to the image. - -`:margin MARGIN' - -MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put -as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the -horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin. Default is 0. - -`:relief RELIEF' - -RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief -around an image. - -`:conversion ALGO' - -Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it. - -ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss'' -edge-detection algorithm to the image. - -ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means -apply a general edge-detection algorithm. MATRIX must be either a -nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel at -position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels -around that position. MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the -neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the -transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at -x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown -below. - - (x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1 - x-1/y x/y x+1/y - x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1) - -The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color -resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels, -multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum -of the factors' absolute values. - -Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of - - (1 0 0 - 0 0 0 - 9 9 -1) - -Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of - - ( 2 -1 0 - -1 0 1 - 0 1 -2) - -ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks -``disabled''. - -`:mask MASK' - -If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for -the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the -image. If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the -background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the -image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is -the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED -GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the -image. - -If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one. Images -in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying -`:mask nil'. - -`:file FILE' - -Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it, -search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support -building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property -may be present in the image specification. - -`:data DATA' - -Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet -supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be -present in an image specification, but not both. All image types -support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA. - -*** Supported image types - -**** XBM, image type `xbm'. - -XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image -properties supported are - -`:foreground FG' - -FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil -meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground. - -`:background BG' - -BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil -meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color. - -XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this -case, the image specification must contain the following properties -instead of a `:file' property. - -`:width WIDTH' - -WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels. - -`:height HEIGHT' - -HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels. - -`:data DATA' - -DATA must be either - - 1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must - have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT - - 2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT - - 3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the - bitmap. - - 4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor - height may be specified in this case because these are defined - in the file. - -**** XPM, image type `xpm' - -XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package -`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is -found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via -`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'. - -Additional image properties supported are: - -`:color-symbols SYMBOLS' - -SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the -name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color -name. - -XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case, -add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property. - -The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able -to display compressed images. - -**** PBM, image type `pbm' - -PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and -mono images are supported. Additional image properties supported for -mono images are - -`:foreground FG' - -FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil -meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground. - -`:background FG' - -BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil -meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color. - -**** JPEG, image type `jpeg' - -Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg', -package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. Additional image properties -are: - -**** TIFF, image type `tiff' - -Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff', -package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image -properties defined. - -**** GIF, image type `gif' - -Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package -`libungif-4.1.0', or later. - -Additional image properties supported are: - -`:index INDEX' - -INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a -multi-image GIF file. An error is signaled if INDEX is too large. - -This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs. -For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file -at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images -every 0.1 seconds. - -(defun show-anim (file max) - "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages." - (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t)) - -(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time) - (when (= idx max) - (setq idx 0)) - (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx))) - (save-excursion - (set-buffer buffer) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (unless first-time (delete-char 1)) - (insert-image img "x")) - (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil))) - -**** PNG, image type `png' - -Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng', -package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image -properties defined. - -**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'. - -Additional image properties supported are: - -`:pt-width WIDTH' - -WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an -integer. This is a required property. - -`:pt-height HEIGHT' - -HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT -must be a integer. This is an required property. - -`:bounding-box BOX' - -BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of -the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS -files. This is an required property. - -Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See -lisp/gs.el. - -*** Lisp interface. - -The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types -which are supported in the current configuration. - -Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when -they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds. -The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache -manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all -images with `equal' specifications share the same image. - -*** Simplified image API, image.el - -The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image -creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image' -can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to -define an image based on available image types. The functions -`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a -buffer. - -** Display margins. - -Windows can now have margins which are used for special text -and images. - -To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables -`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call -`set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to -obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and -`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying -the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update -of the display margins. - -You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property -containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is -one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a -string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later -in this file). - -** Help display - -Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse -moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property -`help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line -that have a `help-echo' property. - -If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function -is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is -the window in which the help was found. - -If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the -`help-echo' text property was found. - -If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and -POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse. - -If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with -the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the -mouse. - -If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a -string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string. - -For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to -determine the help to display. If their definition contains a -property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string. -For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is -used as help string. - -The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays -the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window -causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area. - -** Vertical fractional scrolling. - -The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels. -This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible. - -The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical -scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height. -The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical -scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be -used. - - (global-set-key [A-down] - #'(lambda () - (interactive) - (set-window-vscroll (selected-window) - (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll))))) - (global-set-key [A-up] - #'(lambda () - (interactive) - (set-window-vscroll (selected-window) - (- (window-vscroll) 0.5))))) - -** New hook `fontification-functions'. - -Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay -when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This -variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function -is called with one argument, POS. - -At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more -characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them -as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text -property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the -`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to. - -** Tool bar support. - -Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame -parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar") -controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value -suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and -`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed -automatically so that all tool bar items are visible. - -*** Tool bar item definitions - -Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key -`tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)' -where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'. - -CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is -evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in -the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help' -property (see below). - -BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as -binding are currently ignored. - -The following properties are recognized: - -`:enable FORM'. - -FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled -or disabled. - -`:visible FORM' - -FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed. - -`:filter FUNCTION' - -FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which -FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is -used instead of BINDING to display this item. - -`:button (TYPE SELECTED)' - -TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated -and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not. - -`:image IMAGES' - -IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four -image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the -meaning of each of the four elements: - - Index Use when item is - ---------------------------------------- - 0 enabled and selected - 1 enabled and deselected - 2 disabled and selected - 3 disabled and deselected - -If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection -algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state. - -`:help HELP-STRING'. - -Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help -is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item. - -The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding -toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used -to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the -menu bar. - -The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar -dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set -buffer-locally to override the global map. - -*** Tool-bar-related variables. - -If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically -resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger -than 1/4 of the frame's size. - -If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be -raised when the mouse moves over them. - -You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting -`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of -pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and -vertical margins . Default is 1. - -You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting -`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3. - -*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers. - -You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on -a tool bar item. If - - (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell] - '(menu-item "Shell" shell - :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm"))) - -is the original tool bar item definition, then - - (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command) - -makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same -item. - -** Mode line changes. - -*** Mouse-sensitive mode line. - -The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there -that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display -a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line. - -1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has -a `local-map' text property. - -2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and -that format specifier has a `local-map' property. - -3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM -is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a -`local-map' property. - -The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo' -properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an -example. - -*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is -evaluated and the result is used as mode line element. - -*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local -variable mode-line-format to nil. - -*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window. - -This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable -`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are -completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and -`default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top -line. - -The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face -`header-line'. - -The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a -position in the header-line. - -** Text property `display' - -The `display' text property is used to insert images into text, -replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is -also used to control other aspects of how text displays. The value of -the `display' property should be a display specification, as described -below, or a list or vector containing display specifications. - -*** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas - -To replace the text having the `display' property with some other -text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'. - -If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left -marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in -the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING -is displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the -simpler form STRING as property value. - -*** Variable width and height spaces - -To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display -specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is -`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal -area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right -marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is -displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the -simpler form STRETCH as property value. - -The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space -PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the -properties described below. - -The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the -characters having the `display' property. - -- :width WIDTH - -Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal -character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number. - -- :relative-width FACTOR - -Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the -first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the -same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the -width of that character by FACTOR. - -- :align-to HPOS - -Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The -value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width. - -Exactly one of the above properties should be used. - -- :height HEIGHT - -Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the -normal line height. - -- :relative-height FACTOR - -The height of the space is computed as the product of the height -of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR. - -- :ascent ASCENT - -Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be -used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the -baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or -equal to 100. - -You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together. - -*** Images - -A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION -. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces, -in the display, the characters having this display specification in -their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', -the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is -`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal -area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in -the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE -as display specification. - -*** Other display properties - -- (space-width FACTOR) - -Specifies that space characters in the text having that property -should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an -integer or float. - -- (height HEIGHT) - -Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger. - -If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that -means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of -the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A -``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which -a font is available counts as a step. - -If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times -as tall as the frame's default font. - -If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current -height as argument. The function should return the new height to use. - -Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol -`height' bound to the current specified font height. - -- (raise FACTOR) - -FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current -font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters -raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The -amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the -`height' subproperty. - -*** Conditional display properties - -All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification -has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies -only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated. During the -evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the -conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are -bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where -the display property was found, respectively. Both positions can be -different when object is a string. - -The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to -`(when t . SPEC)'. - -** New menu separator types. - -Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with -item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are -treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used -to specify other menu separator types. - -- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine' - -No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the -separator occurs. - -- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine' - -A single line in the menu's foreground color. - -- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine' - -A double line in the menu's foreground color. - -- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine' - -A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color. - -- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine' - -A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color. - -- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn' - -A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the form -displayed for item names consisting of dashes only. - -- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut' - -A single line with 3D raised appearance. - -- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash' - -A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance. - -- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash' - -A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance. - -- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn' - -Two lines with 3D sunken appearance. - -- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut' - -Two lines with 3D raised appearance. - -- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash' - -Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance. - -- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash' - -Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance. - -Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like -the corresponding single-line separators. - -** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors. - -The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and -`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors. -Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify -that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars, -default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the -default background is the background color of the frame, and the -default foreground is black. - -The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground' -(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class -`ScrollBarBackground'). - -Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource -settings for scroll bar colors. - -** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent -display updates from being interrupted when input is pending. - -** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it -starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based -on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued -line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from -the original window start. - -** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions -`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed -now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented. - -** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height. - -A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable -`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes -windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any -other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height. - -The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer -fixed-width and fixed-height. - - (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t) - -A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is -fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the -window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To -change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed' -temporarily to nil, for example - - (let ((window-size-fixed nil)) - (enlarge-window 10)) - -Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically, -or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error. - -** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS -terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape -to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter -overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is -horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't -support a vertical-bar cursor). - - - -* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes - -** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard -input. - -** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos. - -** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages. - -** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not -only for character input, but also in incremental search. The -exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets -(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence -(e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search. - -** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has -been added. - - -* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change - -** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added. - - - -* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes. - -** Not new, but not mentioned before: -M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark. - -* Changes in Emacs 20.4 - -** Init file may be called .emacs.el. - -You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'. -Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name -`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way. - -If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file -is the one that is used. - -** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return -the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous). -Also, you can specify a place to put the error output, -separate from the command's regular output. -Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer -says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name. -In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies -the buffer name. - -When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error -output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate -it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not -cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there. - -** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in -the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom, -is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers -created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs. - -** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For -example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names -match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the -quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name. - -** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches -now have the same feature as occur and query-replace: -if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then -they never ignore case. - -** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned -under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually -applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents -of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or -just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs -convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a -part of the general feature of coding system conversion. - -If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to -the same format that was used in the file before. - -You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable -`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group. - -** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been -renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling. -This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected. - -** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed. -The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a -buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for -your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format -is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual -end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for -Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac). - -The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos, -eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings, -control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line -format. You can now customize these variables. - -** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a -filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a -filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of -enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil. - -** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode -in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given -windows just big enough to hold the whole contents. - -** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function -dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file -doesn't have any effect. - -** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process, -not one per buffer. - -** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to -use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line: - (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup) - -** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el. -To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the -`auto-show-mode' command. - -** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to -avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous -versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font -choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change -occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then. - -** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's -cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel. - -** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the -character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this -feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil. - -** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at -the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an -interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode -and variable specification, as well as on the first line. - -** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters. - -The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system -that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and -one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that -codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character -set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc. - -Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates -from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported. - -IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have -equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to -a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to -`?' on other systems. - -IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this -feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on -Unix. - -Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the -current codepage when it starts. - -** Mail changes - -*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if -`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime', -appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if -non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other -MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three -headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is -latin-1: - - MIME-version: 1.0 - Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1 - Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit - -*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the -default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than -default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than -sendmail-coding-system and the local value of -buffer-file-coding-system. - -You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set -sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing -mail. - -*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters, -if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them, -Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a -list of possible coding systems. - -** CC Mode changes - -*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major -modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no -longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's -docstring for details. - -*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic -symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is -found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a -prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied -lineup functions use this feature currently. - -*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and -"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java. - -*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for -"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines. - -*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately -from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new -symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on -c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for -anonymous classes. - -*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific -syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont - -*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol -inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike -support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup -function c-lineup-inexpr-block. - -*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists -(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open -brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's. -c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces -(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified). - -*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default. - -*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line. - -*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren) -for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed. - -*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero. - -*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation -associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace. -This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some -circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the -class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that). - -** Gnus changes. - -*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been -added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the -Gnus manual for the full story. - -*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than -before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft -group, which is created automatically. - -*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header -values. - -*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's. - -*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message -outside the region: `C-c C-v'. - -*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with -`C-u C-c C-c'. - -*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization. - -*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit -re-highlighting of the article buffer. - -*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'. - -*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic -Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details. - -*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix -`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file. - -*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater -control over simplification. - -*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread. - -*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the -limit. - -*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text. - -*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'. - -*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed. -If you used this function in your initialization files, you must -rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead. - -*** Canceling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix -`a' forces normal posting method. - -*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text --- `W d'. - -*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands' -to a non-nil value. - -*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling -where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers. - -*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer -has been added. - -*** A history of where mails have been split is available. - -*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'. - -*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting -`gnus-score-thread-simplify'. - -*** A new function for citing in Message has been added -- -`message-cite-original-without-signature'. - -*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command. - -*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has -been added. - -*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the -`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable. - -*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually -updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command. - -*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend. - -*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb. - -*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated. - -** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode - -*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give -options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in -nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "". - -*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a -TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some -of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run -TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you -can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET. - -*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'. -All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available -but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use -the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell. - -*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check -the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur* -buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular -mismatch. - -** Changes to RefTeX mode - -*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and -file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys. - -*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now -lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1 -characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be -removed from the label. - -*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use -a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'. - -*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the -customization group `reftex-finding-files'. - -*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to -`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular -expressions. - -*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers. - -** New/deleted modes and packages - -*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and -SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'. - -*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for -editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with -SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'. - -*** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer -changes with a special face. - -*** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and -this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use -Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el. - -* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4 - -** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better. -This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets, -conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters, -and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details, -check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual. - -The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds -Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim -distribution when the config.bat script is run. - -** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on -MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it -controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written -directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of -Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing -on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a -string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external -program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of -printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.) - -** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript -output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs -available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard -input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a -temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external -program. - -An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT, -and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these -programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax -automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name -as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is -ignored, as both programs have no useful switches. - -** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has -a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on -MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but -was not documented clearly before. - -** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals. -This includes Tetris and Snake. - -* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4 - -** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position -return the position of the beginning or end of the current line. -They both accept an optional argument, which has the same -meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line. - -** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument -WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing, -and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern. - -** Changes in the file-attributes function. - -*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float. -It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise. - -*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if -the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two -integers. - -** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of -files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same -arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that -file names and attributes are returned. - -** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for -sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It -accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes. -It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and -returns the result. - -** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern -to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern. - -** New functions for base64 conversion: - -The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer -into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region -performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported -optionally. - -Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar -job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string. - -** -The new function process-running-child-p -will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its -terminal to its own child process. - -** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature: -when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal -to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell -itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent. - -** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can -be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists. - -** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'. -:included is an alias for :visible. - -easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by -easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used -to move or copy menu entries. - -** Multibyte editing changes - -*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is -an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to -make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also -work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and -char-bytes in a loop typically as below: - (setq char (sref str idx) - idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx))) -The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete. - -If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character -(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code: - (charset-bytes (char-charset ch)) - -*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the -region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or -deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error: - - Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited - -This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character -across the boundary. - -*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include -`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases: - o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and - contains 8-bit characters. - o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and - contains invalid characters. - -*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove -text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly -preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing -text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct -way. - -*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems. -If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of -end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by -prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line. - -*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly -compose Thai characters in a string. - -** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third -argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name -for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as -menus should always use the third argument. - -** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char, -read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second -arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current -input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil. - -** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents -of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in -programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing -inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases. - -** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in -the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it -returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous -echo area contents. - - (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY) - -** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument -NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the -requested feature cannot be loaded. - -** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the -foreground color, background color or stipple pattern -means to clear out that attribute. - -** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame -gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame. - -** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now -read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode -unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the -end of with-output-to-temp-buffer. - -** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on -the gap of the current buffer. - -** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way -to convert between character positions and byte positions in the -current buffer. - -** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to -facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs. -These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check -it back in after any modifications have been made. - -* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3 - -** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of -the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and -/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those -directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and -subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path. - -Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose -names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded. -Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory -which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use -these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched. - -Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it -starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each -time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower. - -This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs -Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically -to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the -subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a -`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired -results. - -** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from -GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers -that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in -fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago. - -* Changes in Emacs 20.3 - -** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command -including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward, -it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can -perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition. - -** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a -specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired -region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing -further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo -command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made -within the region you originally specified, until either all of them -are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that -region. - -In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests -selective undo. - -** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are -unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte -buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same -effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs -Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode. - -The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files, -though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use --*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to -load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started. - -** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and -no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the -enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is -something that most users not do. - -** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste -operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X. -The coding system can make a difference for communication with other -applications. - -C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and -pasting operations. - -** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by -setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks -like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different -printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting -`ps-printer-name'. - -** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a -minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember -any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it -except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting -incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor -hits a new word. - -Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for -Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not -to be confused by TeX commands. - -You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something -correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by -clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu -of various alternative replacements and actions. - -Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces -the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several -corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in -alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if -flyspell-sort-corrections is nil. - -Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if -flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil. - -** Changes in input method usage. - -Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among -the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p -respectively. - -You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion. - -If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one -of the alternatives with Mouse-2. - -The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so -that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'. - - If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given. - - If the value is t, extra guidance is always given. - - If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only - when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py. - - If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is - given in the following case: - o When you are using a complex input method. - o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer. - -If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting -input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice, -and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with, -setting it to t is helpful. - -The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method. - -In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following -keys: - Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method - C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc - F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja -These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language -environment. - -** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file -names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the -minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to -get - - /usr/foo//etc/passwd - -which stands for the file /etc/passwd. - -Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list. -Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list. - -** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t -at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve -its owner and group. - -** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs -Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries. - -** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle -contents before inserting the specified string on each line. - -** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle -which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column -in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified -by the left edge of the rectangle. - -** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG, -increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit -C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful -for writing keyboard macros. - -** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories, -files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The -frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as -the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define -additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and -info. - -** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%. - -** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x -query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region -contents only. - -** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for -confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call -the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM -says whether to ask for confirmation in this case. - -** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited -non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file -literally. If you say no, it signals an error. - -** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature -now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook. -Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is -inconsistent with Emacs conventions. - -** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or -failure if the command produces no output. - -** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window -manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move -the mouse. - -** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to -mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related -function and variable names. - -** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for -reading specific files. This has higher priority than -file-coding-system-alist. - -** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to -t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by -converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to -the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed -according to the current fontset. - -** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed. - -The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of -that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and -nonascii-insert-offset. - -For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if -enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table -nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte -characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters. - -** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get -an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning. - -** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case -letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search. - -** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables -are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant -command keys. - -** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for -user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions. - -Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for -user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at -all variables that have documentation. - -** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer -shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way -that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable -minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap -it should show; the default is 20. - -Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode, -the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole -of your input. - -** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize -all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in -recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as -argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all -the customizable options which were changed since that version. -Newly added options are included as well. - -If you don't specify a particular version number argument, -then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options -for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded. - -This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the -Customize menu. - -** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out -the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command. - -** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of -buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were -invoked. - -** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces -that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment. -The default is 1. - -** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol -syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has -new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram -(C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block -sensibly. - -** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger. - -** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil -value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make -two entries in one day for one file, and combine them. - -** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a -reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string -for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically -every night. - -** Desktop changes - -*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set -the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom. - -*** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored -and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'. - -** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to -read and post multi-lingual articles. - -** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when -doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should -be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden -outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and -the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is -made invisible again. - -** Mail reading and sending changes - -*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of -the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any -changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently -toggle. +Deleted functions: make-coding-system, register-char-codings, +coding-system-spec -*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file, -now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the -summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if -the message has no subject, is stored in the variable -rmail-default-body-file. - -*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no -longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they -handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use. - -*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string, -it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression -is evaluated to insert the signature. - -*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of -outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email -handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for -putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for -transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be -especially interested in trying feedmail. - -feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of -feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features -provided by feedmail are: - -**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and -stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users); -there is also a queue for draft messages - -**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and -be prompted for confirmation - -**** does smart filling of address headers - -**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be -the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this -can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get - -**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting -the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail, -/usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new -function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp) - -** Dired changes - -*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked -files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T". - -*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily -run Dired on the directory name at point. - -*** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of -files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match -for a specified regexp. - -** VC Changes - -*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control -conveniently. - -*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much -faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary -Dired. - -VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the -directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive -listing of all files at or below the given directory which are -currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown). - -You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil, -then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set -vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version -control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i' -on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired. - -All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which -is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type -`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on -the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes -`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked. - -The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to -toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all -VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command, -`* l', to mark all files currently locked. - -Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in -ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls -command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output. - -*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working -file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff -session to resolve them. - -Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to -resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that -contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS -uses as well). - -*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new -command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When -you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify -either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that -branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file. -If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively, -using ediff. - -** Changes in Font Lock - -*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face -are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical -use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are -unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for -compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face. - -** Frame name display changes - -*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current -frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and -raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or -when many frames are invisible or iconified. - -*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the -frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames -menu. - -** Comint (subshell) changes - -*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a -subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility -with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this. - -*** There are new commands in Comint mode. - -C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history; -that is, the line after the last line you got. -You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one. - -C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to -send the current line together with the following line, when you send -the following line. - -C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark, -which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the -previously sent input. - -C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input; -it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input -as the search string. - -*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll -automatically in compilation-mode windows. - -** C mode changes - -*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation, -and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is -assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro -definition. - -*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified -(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations. -Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu" -style is still the default however. - -*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style. - -*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which -are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer -them. They do not have key bindings by default. - -*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement) -and M-e (c-end-of-statement). - -*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols -namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace. - -*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets -makes the style variables local to that buffer only. - -*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren, -c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change. - -*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You -should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire -package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new -variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default. - -** Changes to hippie-expand. - -*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If -non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for, -which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'. - -*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If -non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when -expanding dynamically. - -*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If -non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched. - -*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If -non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in -this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose -expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'. - -*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied. - -** Changes in BibTeX mode. - -*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable -bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during -automatic key generation. This replaces variable -bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches -against the first word in the title. - -*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just -capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations, -bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with -lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use -lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the -bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting. - -*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key -generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is -replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and -bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert. - -** Changes in vcursor.el. - -*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap -and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A -variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be -entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including -`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency -in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps. - -*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the -Editing group once the package is loaded. - -*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is -generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set -vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior. - -*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the -vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command. - -** Ispell changes. - -*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current -buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings -are identified by syntax tables in effect. - -*** Generic region skipping implemented. -A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will -and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user -defined. New applications and improvements made available by this -include: - - o URLs are automatically skipped - o EMail message checking is vastly improved. - -*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals. - -** Changes to RefTeX mode - -RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very -large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been -re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the -section `Optimizations' in the manual. - -*** New recursive parser. - -The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the -entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new -recursive parser scans the individual files. - -*** Parsing only part of a document. - -Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling -partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of -the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t. - - (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t) - -*** Storing parsing information in a file. - -This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use - - (setq reftex-save-parse-info t) - -*** Using multiple selection buffers - -If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens -for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting - - (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t) - -*** References to external documents. - -The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external -documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external -documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument -macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with -RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in -the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )'). -The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer. - -*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default. - -The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands, -and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution. - -Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes -the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly. - -*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers - -The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc* -buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'. - -*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes. - -The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of -contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map', -`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes -have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you -enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?' -at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out -more. - -*** Support for the varioref package - -The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref. - -*** New hooks - -Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references, -and citations are created. These hooks are -`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function', -`reftex-format-cite-function'. - -*** Citations outside LaTeX - -The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in -a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details. - -*** Short context is no longer fontified. - -The short context in the label menu no longer copies the -fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be -fontified, use - - (setq reftex-refontify-context t) - -** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument. -With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of -the file name within its directory; it only checks for other -directories that contain the same file name. - -Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file -Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary -file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to -Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that -have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer -names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other -directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present -directory. - -** New modes and packages - -*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode. -It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer -it, but some do not. - -*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL -code. - -*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the -current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move -around in a buffer. - -Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu. - -*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author -uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should -be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an -established system of notation similar to Chess. - -*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp -documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style -guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual. - -*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features -available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around -system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of -simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also -functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and -the like. - -*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to -identify recently changed parts of the buffer text. - -*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done -within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not -used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize -the user option `midnight-mode' to t. - -*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes. - - apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files - samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files - fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files - x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files - hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc) - mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files - javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files - vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files - java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files - java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files - mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files - - Platform-specific modes: - - prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files - pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files - alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files - inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files - ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files - reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files - bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts - rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files - rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts - -* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published - -** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, -use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. -That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode. -Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode. - -Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether -you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives -consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started. - -** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist, -and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can -specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for -searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions. - -** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and -multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte -character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language -environment. - -** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now -take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt -string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the -current input method for reading this one event. - -** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte -now control whether to output certain characters as -backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte -non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte -characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing -in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not). - -* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published - -** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version -of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3. - -** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were -in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1) -always increases point by 1. - -The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is -considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted. - -See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters. - -** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'. -Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's -default value changed. For example, - - (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed." - :type 'integer - :group 'foo - :version "20.3") - - (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group." - :version "20.3") - -If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the -default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It -is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a -`:version' in the top level group. - -This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command. - -** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name -starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray. - -However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that -symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that -support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables -to themselves. - -If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil, -this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any -values whatever. - -** There is a new debugger command, R. -It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result -in the buffer *Debugger-record*. - -** Frame-local variables. - -You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call -the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have -local bindings for that variable. - -These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a -frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling -modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the -parameter name. - -Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings. -Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is -active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding, -that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active. - -It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not -clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a -very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect -through a window-local binding would not be very robust. - -** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing -"symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when -evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form -makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns. -See the documentation in sregex.el. - -** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which -is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to -parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended. -The contents of this field are not yet finalized. - -** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION. -If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'. - -** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from -known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can -define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead. - -** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE -when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as -it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the -history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default. - -The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to -return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters -empty input. - -** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use -for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to -`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names. -Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as -`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string. - -** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal, -echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments: -a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a -default password to use if the user enters nothing. - -** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to -specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a -function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the -place where a break is being considered. If the function returns -non-nil, then the line won't be broken there. - -** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE. -If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate -up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the -end of the window, even if this requires computation. - -** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME -which specifies which frame's buffer list to use. -If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list. - -** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer, -holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window -was directed to display this buffer. - -** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects -with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they -describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in -other words, if they would give the same results if passed to -set-window-configuration. - -** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two -window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer -positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of -windows and the choice of buffers to display. - -** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to -override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist -look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP). - -If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a -non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the -map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist. - -minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers, -and it is meant to be set by major modes. - -** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string -except that it discards all text properties from the result. - -** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument -USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as -floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100. - -** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory -to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined -in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems -it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables. - -** Menu changes - -*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the -keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now -better supported. - -The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls -a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when -you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you -can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature; -then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar. - -*** A new format for menu items is supported. - -In a keymap, a key binding that has the format - (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING) -defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that -starts with the symbol `menu-item'. - -The format is: - (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or - (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST) -where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item -string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list. -The supported properties include - -:enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the - item is enabled. -:visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the - item should appear in the menu. -:filter FILTER-FN - FILTER-FN is a function of one argument, - which will be REAL-BINDING. - It should return a binding to use instead. -:keys DESCRIPTION - DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard - binding for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with - `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. -:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE - KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent - keyboard binding. -:key-sequence nil - This means that the command normally has no - keyboard equivalent. -:help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used). -:button (TYPE . SELECTED) - TYPE is :toggle or :radio. - SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its - value says whether this button is currently selected. - -Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu. -Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported. - -(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item. - -** New event types - -*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a -mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that -corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated, -which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is: - - (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA) - -where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the -same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number -indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A -negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards -the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated -forward, away from the user. - -As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows. - -*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of -files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged -and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of -filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically -loaded into Emacs. The format is: - - (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES) - -where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the -same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames -that were dragged and dropped. - -As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows. - -** Changes relating to multibyte characters. - -*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only; -any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way -to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte. - -*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You -can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character -that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape. - -*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were -in Emacs 19 and before. - -The function chars-in-string has been deleted. -The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'. - -*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current -buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or -unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte -representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation. - -This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed -as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents -viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as -one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation -will count as two characters using unibyte representation. - -This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which -representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer -(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are -consistent with the new representation. - -*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte -representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care -about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary; -however, it makes a difference when you compare strings. - -The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of -nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them -using the table nonascii-translation-table. - -*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte -representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the -representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings. - -The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation -loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically -is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer. - -*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string -which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte. - -*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string -which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte. - -*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare -portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte, -so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string. -You can specify whether to ignore case or not. - -*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that -it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal. - -*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now -convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the -buffer or string being searched. - -One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of -[...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when -searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when -searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no -obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what -you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular -expression [^\0-\177] works for it. - -*** Structure of coding system changed. - -All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named -by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector -which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector -as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this -vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define -your own alias name of a coding system by the function -define-coding-system-alias. - -The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use -the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to -access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion, -pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode, -character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and -safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 -'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter -`iso-8859-1'. - -Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new. -The value of this property is a list of character sets which this -coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance: -(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1) - -Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can -also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they -are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode -the other character sets and read it back correctly. - -*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a -proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string. -This function requires a user interaction. - -*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and -find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by -select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding -systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want -a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of -select-safe-coding-system. - -*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as -decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set -last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding -was done. - -*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be -used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of -coding systems used by some specific language environment. - -*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always -return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII -characters are found, they now return a list of single element -`undecided' or its subsidiaries. - -*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and -coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different -coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is -converted. - -*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a -coding system for communicating with other X clients. - -*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid -character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire -character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words, -each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value -either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a -range of characters. - -*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a -Lisp object is a valid character code or not. - -*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character -in the current buffer at position POS. - -*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable -input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a -function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing -character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the -event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first -binding input-method-function to nil. - -The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input -method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as -input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by -the input method function are not passed to the input method function, -not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits. - -The input method function is not called when reading the second and -subsequent events of a key sequence. - -*** You can customize any language environment by using -set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook. - -The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo -customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For -instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language -environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up -exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding. - -* Changes in Emacs 20.1 - -** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user -options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look -at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a -tree structure. - -M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each -user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values. - -With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs -session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically -in your .emacs file.) - -** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window. -You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode. - -** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'. -This makes more space in the mode line for other information. - -** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted -immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it -kills the region. - -The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they -delete the character before point, as usual. - -** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted -on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature -by setting search-highlight to nil.) - -** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to -insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect, -the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked -onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the -history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the -past.) - -** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs. -This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode -in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode). -TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this -makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs. - -As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode, -and is an alias for it. - -If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph, -use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode. - -** Scrolling changes - -*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen -position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil. - -In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing -on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line -where it started. - -*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you -move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the -screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that -does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines. - -*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the -top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point -comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs -recenters the window. - -** International character set support (MULE) - -Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets, -including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese, -Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese, -Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These -features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as -MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs") - -Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard -coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte -character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide -variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back -into any of these coding systems when saving a file. - -Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used, -generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs -supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or -language, to make it possible to type them. - -The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII -character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377. - -The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain -to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods. - -You can disable multibyte character support as follows: - - (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil) - -Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte -characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second -argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are -already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte -characters for their work until they want to change. - -*** Input methods - -An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed -specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language -has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use -the same characters can share one input method). Some languages -support several input methods. - -The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into -another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods -work. - -A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of -characters into one letter. Many European input methods use -composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which -consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one -sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single -letter. - -The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed -by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way. -First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone -marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are -mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character". - -None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so -they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using -phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs -converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary. - -Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled -word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use; -typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if -the first guess is wrong. - -*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters) -turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer. - -If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each -byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as -they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for -the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2. - -However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to -use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set -includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can -translate automatically to and from either one. - -*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode. - -Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a -file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte -sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not -what you want. - -If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for -example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding -system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off -multibyte characters in that buffer. - -If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off -character conversion as well. - -*** Displaying international characters on X Windows. - -A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script. -Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports -requires using many fonts. - -Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a -collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes. - -A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by -the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you -have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as -you would use a font. - -If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it -specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot -display that character. It will display an empty box instead. - -The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters -(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII -characters). - -*** Defining fontsets. - -Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still -chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset -with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource. - -Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value -of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is -`fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the -standard fontset are created automatically. - -If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn' -argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the -FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name -with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short -name is `fontset-startup'. - -Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2... -The resource value should have this form: - FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]... -FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except: - * most fields should be just the wild card "*". - * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset" - * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset. -The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number -of times; each time specifies the font for one character set. -CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME -should specify an actual font to use for that character set. - -Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the -last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING. -You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name. - -For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a -font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the -following resource, - Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24 -the font for ASCII is generated as below: - -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1 -Here is the substitution rule: - Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset - defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has - the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce - sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-. - (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.) - -The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the -fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call -that function explicitly to create a fontset. - -With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just -like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset -name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the -fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle -fontsets. - -*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs -defaults for a particular choice of language. - -Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input -method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when -visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have -already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The -language environment may also specify a default choice of coding -system for new files that you create. - -It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use -set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the -whole Emacs session. - -For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET -chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this -with (set-language-environment "Latin-1"). - -*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) -specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This -specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving -the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the -coding systems that Emacs supports. - -*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument) -lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file. -This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name. -After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system -is used for *the immediately following command*. - -So if the immediately following command is a command to read or -write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file. - -If the immediately following command does not use the coding system, -then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect. - -For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET -visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1. - -*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*- -construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*- -to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also -specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end -of the file. - -*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies -the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character -code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are -translated into that character code. - -This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in -various countries to support the languages of those countries. - -By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all. - -*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies -the coding system for keyboard input. - -Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals -with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example, -some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it. - -By default, keyboard input is not translated at all. - -Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an -input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that -translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed -to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are -designed to work with terminals. - -*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system) -specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess. -This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess -has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify -translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command -in the corresponding buffer. - -By default, process input and output are not translated at all. - -*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system -to use for encoding file names before operating on them. -It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system. - -*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates -an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the -command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you -want to use. - -C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input -method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method. - -*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard -layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this -remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify -which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout. - -*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays -the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus -related information. - -*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called -HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various -scripts. - -*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays -information about the support for a particular language. -You specify the language as an argument. - -*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies -the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the -first dash. - -A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion -(except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion -whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits -1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters: - - A alternativnyj (Russian) - B big5 (Chinese) - C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese) - C iso-2022-cn (Chinese) - D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages) - E euc-japan (Japanese) - I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) - J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese) - K euc-korea (Korean) - R koi8 (Russian) - Q tibetan - S shift_jis (Japanese) - T lao - T tis620 (Thai) - V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese) - i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) - k iso-2022-kr (Korean) - v viqr (Vietnamese) - z hz (Chinese) - -When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system), -two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file -coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for -keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output. - -*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code -conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil. - -When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically -into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with -rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing -Rmail files themselves. - -*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code -conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil. - -Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system -for sending mail: - -- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority. -- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it. -- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used, - if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment. -- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used. - -*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument -to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English, -Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional -translations. - -** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion -of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command -insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer -without any conversion. - -** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed. -You can now specify any number of octal digits. -RET terminates the digits and is discarded; -any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input. - -** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for -functions, variables and file names used in your programs. - -Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point. -Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point. - -Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major -mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used. - -** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command -complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name -in the buffer before point. - -With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of -symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that -you are using. - -With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables, -just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag). - -** File locking works with NFS now. - -The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME, -in the same directory as FILENAME. - -This means that collision detection between two different machines now -works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory -can become a bottleneck. - -The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection -does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot -create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the -file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are -rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is -so useful that the change is worth while. - -When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which -are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious -collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just -tell Emacs to go ahead anyway. - -** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses, -it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call -show-paren-mode. - -** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted -selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load -delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode. - -** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words -within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load -complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode. - -** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you, -it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also -set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values. - -** Changes in View mode. - -*** Several new commands are available in View mode. -Do H in view mode for a list of commands. - -*** There are two new commands for entering View mode: -view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame. - -*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their -previous state. - -*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil, -scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit. - -*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If -non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer, -not just the selected window. - -*** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a -read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only -turns View mode on or off. - -*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls -how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil, -delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it. - -** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log, -now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version. - -** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version, -has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is -presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks -which version to compare with. - -** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden -blocks if a match is inside the block. - -The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match -is outside the block. By customizing the variable -isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily -shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search. - -By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind -of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code -blocks, all of them or none. - -** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the -current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for -confirmation first. - -** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name, -now changes the major mode according to that file name. -However, the mode will not be changed if -(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or -(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode, - not suitable for ordinary files, or -(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode. - -This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well. - -However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then -these commands do not change the major mode. - -** M-x occur changes. - -*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters, -it performs a case-sensitive search. - -*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur, -if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search -using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before. - -** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted -in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the -window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in -that window unless you select to another window which shows the same -buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window. - -** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates -after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings -appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents -come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information. - -** Each frame now independently records the order for recently -selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the -buffers recently selected in the selected frame. - -** Outline mode changes. - -*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el). - -*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode. - -** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if -you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer. -Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that -was already active. - -The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not -unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then -get confused by it. - -If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must -set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil. - -** Changes in dynamic abbrevs. - -*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case -conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first -character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion -including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim. - -The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has -mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always -copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps. - -*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search' -are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible -values. - -`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve -case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace). -`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore -case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search). - -** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a -certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they -can be. The default value is 30. - -** Changes in Mail mode. - -*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly. -Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail -composition mechanism you have selected with the variable -`mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is -`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old -behavior. - -C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs -compose-mail-other-frame. - -*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use -the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are -replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the -buffer that shows the original message. - -*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message, -with separator lines around the contents. - -*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases -in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias -definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not -need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail. - -*** New features in the mail-complete command. - -**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name, -for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style -controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all. -Its values are like those of mail-from-style. - -**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command -to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in -/etc/passwd. - -**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read -to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used: -/etc/passwd. - -** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of -special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a -directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a -reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'. - -Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as -when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise -be taken to be magic. - -** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select -files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is -available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep. - -M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that. -(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.) - -** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names -suggest they are probably not needed in the long run. - -In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands. - -new key dired.el binding old key -------- ---------------- ------- - * c dired-change-marks c - * m dired-mark m - * * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted) - * / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted) - * @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted) - * u dired-unmark u - * DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL - * ? dired-unmark-all-files C-M-? - * ! dired-unmark-all-marks - * % dired-mark-files-regexp % m - * C-n dired-next-marked-file M-} - * C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{ - -** Rmail changes. - -*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it -saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer -chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing -each time you run it. - -*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls -whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes. - -*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete -messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument -means to move in the opposite direction. - -*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets -you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned. - -*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes -just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers. -It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you -can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used -for output. - -** Gnus changes. - -*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion. - -*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into -Gnus. - -*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like -`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection. - -*** Article washing status can be displayed in the -article mode line. - -*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files. - -*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID. - -(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t) - -*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files -are to be considered home score and adapt files. See -`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'. - -*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics. - -*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable. - -*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions. -See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'. - -*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like. -Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be -used to pick articles. - -*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to -another have been added. - - `M-x gnus-change-server' - -*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when -generating lines in buffers. - -*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with -`C-M-_'. - -*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'. - -*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis: - - (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word)) - -*** Scores can be decayed. - - (setq gnus-decay-scores t) - -*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The -Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first. - -*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from -the native server. - - `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups' - -*** A new command for reading collections of documents -(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'. - -*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped. - -*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post -even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting. - -*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines -(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added. - - Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such - a group. - -*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard -sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently. - - See the commands under the `T S' submap. - -*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently. - - See the commands under the `G P' submap. - -*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups. - - Use the `Y c' command. - -*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order. - -*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated. - - `M-x nnmail-split-history' - -*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk -from incoming mail before saving the mail. - - See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'. - -*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files. - -*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute -the following code, for instance, in your .emacs. - - (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize) - -Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically -and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime -from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this -hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling -this issue.) - -Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems -automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a -particular news group. This can be done by: - - (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM) - -Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree -of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under -"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding -system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both -for reading and posting). - -CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form - (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM) -Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the -newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages -there. - -Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by -default. Here are some of these default settings: - - (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7) - (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312) - (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312) - (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5) - (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr)) - -When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored; -the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual. - -** CC mode changes. - -*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java) -code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global -values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do -this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file. -Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is -loaded. - -If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, -Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode -style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers -share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set -c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you -must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded. - -*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name -of the current buffer. - -*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because -it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles -of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use. - -*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C -style that the Python developers like. +** The character codes for characters from the +eight-bit-control/eight-bit-graphic charsets aren't now in the range +128-255. -*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace. -This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line, -just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line. - -** VC Changes [new] - -*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot -name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current -directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked). - -This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common -master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other -developers. - -You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q -RET in a buffer visiting that file. - -*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by -other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a -writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then -calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it. - -*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for -version numbers, based on the current state of the file. - -** Calendar changes. - -*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or -subclasses of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow -you do this for the year of the selected date, or the -following/previous years. - -*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system. Use `pb' in -the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date. The Baha'i -calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days -each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year). The -calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a -supposed attribute of God. - -** ps-print changes - -There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page -layout. - -*** Headers & Footers (subgroup) - -Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to -be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex. If your -printer system has this behavior, set variable -`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t. - -If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a -blank page as the very first printed page. So, it behaves as if the -very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014). - -The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for -setting duplex mode and page size. Valid values are: - - lpr-switches duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'. - Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex - printing for your printer. - - setpagedevice duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the - setpagedevice PostScript operator. - - nil duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using - the setpagedevice PostScript operator. - -The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on -opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other. If -`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for -bindings on the left or right. If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil, -ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom. -This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil. -The default value is nil. - -The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame -properties alist. Valid frame properties are: - - fore-color Specify the foreground frame color. - Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black - color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a - color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which - correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each - float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright - color). The default is 0 ("black"). - - back-color Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color). - The default is 0.9 ("gray90"). - - shadow-color Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color). - The default is 0 ("black"). - - border-color Specify the border color (similar to fore-color). - The default is 0 ("black"). - - border-width Specify the border width. - The default is 0.4. - -Any other property is ignored. - -Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the -`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for -documentation). - -Ps-print can also print footers. The footer variables are: -`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame', -`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad', -`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and -`ps-footer-frame-alist'. These variables are similar to those -controlling headers. - -*** Color management (subgroup) - -If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in -color. - -*** Face Management (subgroup) - -If you need to print without worrying about face background colors, -set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face -background should be used. Valid values are: - - t always use face background color. - nil never use face background color. - (face...) list of faces whose background color will be used. - -*** N-up printing (subgroup) - -The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per -sheet of paper. - -The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt) -between the sheet border and the n-up printing. - -If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around -each page. - -The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled -on each sheet of paper. Following are the valid values for -`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix: - - `left-top' 1 2 3 4 `left-bottom' 9 10 11 12 - 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 - 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 - - `right-top' 4 3 2 1 `right-bottom' 12 11 10 9 - 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 - 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 - - `top-left' 1 4 7 10 `bottom-left' 3 6 9 12 - 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 - 3 6 9 12 1 4 7 10 - - `top-right' 10 7 4 1 `bottom-right' 12 9 6 3 - 11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2 - 12 9 6 3 10 7 4 1 - -Any other value is treated as `left-top'. - -*** Zebra stripes (subgroup) - -The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or -RGB color. - -The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes -continue on next page. Visually, valid values are (the character `+' -to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed): - - `nil' `follow' `full' `full-follow' - Current Page -------- ----------- --------- ---------------- - 1 XXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXX + 1 XXXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 2 XXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXX + 2 XXXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 3 XXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXX + 3 XXXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + - 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + - 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 + - 7 XXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXX + 7 XXXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 8 XXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXX + 8 XXXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 9 XXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXX + 9 XXXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 10 + 10 + - 11 + 11 + - -------- ----------- --------- ---------------- - Next Page -------- ----------- --------- ---------------- - 12 XXXXX + 12 + 10 XXXXXX + 10 + - 13 XXXXX + 13 XXXXXXXX + 11 XXXXXX + 11 + - 14 XXXXX + 14 XXXXXXXX + 12 XXXXXX + 12 + - 15 + 15 XXXXXXXX + 13 + 13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 16 + 16 + 14 + 14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 17 + 17 + 15 + 15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX + - 18 XXXXX + 18 + 16 XXXXXX + 16 + - 19 XXXXX + 19 XXXXXXXX + 17 XXXXXX + 17 + - 20 XXXXX + 20 XXXXXXXX + 18 XXXXXX + 18 + - 21 + 21 XXXXXXXX + - 22 + 22 + - -------- ----------- --------- ---------------- - -Any other value is treated as `nil'. - - -*** Printer management (subgroup) - -The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by -some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when -`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string. If you're using the lpr -utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set -to "-P". - -The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual -paper feeding. If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place. If it's -non-nil, manual feeding takes place. - -The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04) -should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript. Non-nil means -do so. - -*** Page settings (subgroup) - -If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an -error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size -indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used -instead. If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if -the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated -by `ps-paper-type'. This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to -`setpagedevice'. - -The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for -printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means -`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees). - -The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print. If -it's nil, all pages are printed. If it's a list, list elements may be -integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO) -specifying to print from page FROM to TO. Invalid list elements, that -is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than -its TO, are ignored. - -The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd -pages. Valid values are: - - nil print all pages. - - `even-page' print only even pages. - - `odd-page' print only odd pages. - - `even-sheet' print only even sheets. - That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like - `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll - print only the even sheet of paper. - - `odd-sheet' print only odd sheets. - That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like - `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print - only the odd sheet of paper. - -Any other value is treated as nil. - -If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages -are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by -`ps-even-or-odd-pages'. For example, if we have: - - (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20)) - -and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and -`ps-n-up-printing', we get: - -`ps-n-up-printing' = 1: - `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED - nil 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20 - even-page 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20 - odd-page 1, 7, 9, 13, 15 - even-sheet 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20 - odd-sheet 1, 7, 9, 13, 15 - -`ps-n-up-printing' = 2: - `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED - nil 1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20 - even-page 4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20 - odd-page 1/7, 9/13, 15 - even-sheet 6/7, 10/12, 15/16 - odd-sheet 1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20 - -*** Miscellany (subgroup) - -The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler -messages should be sent. - -It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in -front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable -`ps-user-defined-prologue'. - -The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers. - -The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in -points for line numbers. - -The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line -numbers. See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation. - -The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which -line numbers are printed. For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set -to 2, the printing will look like: - - 1 one line - one line - 3 one line - one line - 5 one line - one line - ... - -Valid values are: - -integer an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are - printed. If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1 - is used. - -`zebra' specifies that only the line number of the first line in a - zebra stripe is to be printed. - -Any other value is treated as `zebra'. - -The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in -the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'. For example, if -`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to -3, the output will look like: - - one line - one line - 3 one line - one line - one line - 6 one line - one line - one line - 9 one line - one line - ... - -The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory -where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found. - -The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points, -for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to -`ps-font-size'). - -The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing, -in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to -`ps-font-size'). - -The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter. - -The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the -start and end of a region to cut out when printing. - -** hideshow changes. - -*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for -C++, ; for lisp). - -*** Support for java-mode added. - -*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments -in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set. - -*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at -the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your -way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'. - -*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more -robust and a lot faster. - -*** A block beginning can span multiple lines. - -*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow -to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the -documentation for more details. - -** Changes in Enriched mode. - -*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is -filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent -of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in -use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled -the next time unless the fill-column is different. - -*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs -distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines -as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked -as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text. - -** Font Lock mode - -*** Custom support - -The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and -font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the -faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom -group font-lock-highlighting-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in -your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should -consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize. - -You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances. - -*** Maximum decoration - -Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by -default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level -of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration -supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil -to get the old behavior. - -*** New support - -Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes. - -Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes -support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode. - -*** Configurable support - -Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for -additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types, -c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it, -java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a -list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value -of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the -convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification. - -Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever -way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make -it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types. - -*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support - -You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own -highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs, -for any mode. - -For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put: - - (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t))) - -in your ~/.emacs. - -*** New faces - -Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and -font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords, -distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought -to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces. - -*** Changes to fast-lock support mode - -The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process -cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the -same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature. - -*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode - -The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify -according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use -the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If -non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be -refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only -the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy -Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode. - -This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines. -For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if -this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly -refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line -containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use -the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines. - -As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed: - -Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'. -Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number. -Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the -new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'. - -If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those -settings. - -** Ada mode changes. - -*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode. -If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same -procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but -you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure -stubs. - -*** There are two new commands: - - `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer - - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer. - -The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options', -`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and -`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands. - -*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level -is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs. -Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented. - -*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of -formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start, -places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one -space between a comma and the beginning of a word. - -** Scheme mode changes. - -*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp -mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used -for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables -with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer -have any effect. - -If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is -still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to -scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation -variables as buffer-local variables. - -*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts. -Use M-x dsssl-mode. - -** Changes to the emacsclient program - -*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or -USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID -associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root -can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user. - -*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells -it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the -buffer in Emacs. - -*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to -use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable -ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line -option takes precedence. - -** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area -constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point -(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only). - -** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun, -which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just -the current defun. - -** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all -following arguments are treated as ordinary file names. - -** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk, -and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if -necessary). - -** When you kill a buffer that visits a file, -if there are any registers that save positions in the file, -these register values no longer become completely useless. -If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are -asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes, -it visits the file and then goes to the same position. - -** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for -example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may -be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever -you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f. - -You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the -variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a -file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and -revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but -only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself. - -** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font -since it applies only to the current frame. - -** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the -file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil, -and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.) - -This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of -multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local -variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for -tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document -instead of just the file you are editing. - -** RefTeX mode - -RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref -and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of -different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for -multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and -turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands: - -C-c ( reftex-label - Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and - knows which kind of label is needed. - -C-c ) reftex-reference - Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the - label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}. - -C-c [ reftex-citation - Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX - database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro. - -C-c & reftex-view-crossref - Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point. - -C-c = reftex-toc - Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you - can quickly jump to every section. - -Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional -commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature. -Full documentation and customization examples are in the file -reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation: -C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el - -** Changes in BibTeX mode. - -*** Info documentation is now available. - -*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused -both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode. - -*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to -bibtex-user-optional-fields. - -*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote -(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead). - -*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete -entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by -appropriate functions. - -*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of -entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h. - -*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has -been cleaned. - -*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables -bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter. - -*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries -shall be delimited. - -*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of -bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and -bibtex-include-OPTkey for details. - -*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor -field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are -prefixed with `ALT'. - -*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable -bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many -formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable -documentation). - -*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See -documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions -for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too. - -*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if -comma should be inserted at end of last field. - -*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if -alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal -signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation). - -*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries. - -*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer. - -*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database -from alien sources. - -*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string) -to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in -crossref entries. - -*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or -region. - -*** Added support for imenu. - -*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead -of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a -`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g. -`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors. - -*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files -from `bibtex-string-files' are searched. - -** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative. - -** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow. - -** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the -functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem. -Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory -as an argument. - -When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read -and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed). - -** browse-url changes - -*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm), -Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window -(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic -non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated -customization variables. - -*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'. - -*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across -lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps -(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'. - -** Changes in Ediff - -*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel -pops up the Info file for this command. - -*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether -the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when -merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different -directories). - -*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare -and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of -files in the same directory. - -*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively. -The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug -related to the GNU format has now been fixed.) - -** Changes in Viper - -*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip -*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper- - instead of vip-. -*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states. -*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next -Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before. -*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states. -*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state. -*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor -color when Viper is in insert state. -*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window, -Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable -viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior. - -** Etags changes. - -*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by -default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average. -Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag -variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does -not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on. - -*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags. - -*** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements" -constructs are tagged. Files are recognised by the extension .java. - -*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are -recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax). -In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash. - -*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and -C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags -recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories, -methods and protocols. - -*** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognised by the extension -.cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in -column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a -paragraph name. - -*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of -an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression -at least M times and as many as N times. - -** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert -in files has changed slightly. - -With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string, -time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it. -This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility -with old time-stamp-format values. - -In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign -(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character. -This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility -reasons. - -In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their -natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a -fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon -(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical -time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are -specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d". - -Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the -case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit -truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway. - -The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are -being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the -future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being -recommended now will continue to work then. - -See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for -details. - -** There are some additional major modes: - -dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files. -m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input. -meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files. - -** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you -copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell -into Emacs. - -** New Lisp packages include: - -*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops. - -*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might -be used for adding some indecent words to your email. - -*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor. - -*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes -in shell buffers. - -*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code. -See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer' -and `elint-defun'. - -*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is -meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary -ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within -strings or comments. - -These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an -abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev, -you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these -insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text -at these points. - -*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you -can visit them by short forms of their names. - -*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded -Emacs Lisp function at point. - -*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture. - -*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like -switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way. - -*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning. - -*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program. - -*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input. - -*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations -from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed. - -*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature. -You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically -inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its -original place after inserting the copy. - -*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2 -on the buffer. - -You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the -velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll -(with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed. - -Enable mouse-drag with: - (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw) --or- - (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag) - -*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have -mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail. - -*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave. -It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess. - -*** ogonek - -The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of -Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various -platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and -TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to -ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to -prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for -instance) and vice versa. - -To use this package load it using - M-x load-library [enter] ogonek -Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of - M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish - M-x ogonek-how -- in English -The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the -ways of customization in `.emacs'. - -*** Interface to ph. - -Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi) - -The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory -services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to -these servers. - -*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email. - -*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature. -You can move the virtual cursor with special commands -while the real cursor does not move. - -*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up -for visiting your favorite web sites. - -*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations, -so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used. - -** movemail change - -Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP -mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer -supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the -user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server. - -This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before. - -* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows. - -** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files. - -Emacs handles three different conventions for representing -end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the -Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific -file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special -file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention. - -To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use -C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different -coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly -specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with -LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to -save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos. - -* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1 - -** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in -Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And -vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in -Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20. - -** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed -to start with w32- instead of win32-. - -In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We -don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it -"win". - -** Basic Lisp changes - -*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically -evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant. - -*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now -be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program -or by the user. - -The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed. - -*** There are new macros `when' and `unless' - -(when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...)) -(unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...) - -*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their -usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of -its argument. - -*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties. - -*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function. - -*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors. - -*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an -error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives -include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the -`format' function. - -*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el -or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file -whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc. - -*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain -either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on -adding one of these suffixes. - -*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE -which specifies the base to use when converting an integer. -If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used. - -We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers, -because that would be much more work and does not seem useful. - -*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings. - -*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally. -You must load the `cl' library to define it. - -*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression -conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this: - - (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...) - -BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use. -BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer. - -*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the -choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or -restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer' -works using `save-current-buffer'. - -*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and -write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value -of the last form. - -*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer, -which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the -last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string) -as the last form. - -*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain -characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the -matches. - -For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose"). - -*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions -with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string. -Then it returns that string. - -For example, if the current buffer name is `foo', - -(with-output-to-string - (princ "The buffer is ") - (princ (buffer-name))) - -returns "The buffer is foo". - -** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters -is non-nil. - -These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the -buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte -characters that occupy several buffer positions each. - -*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in -a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four). - -Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements; -character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes. -Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer -position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole -characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to - (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))). - -ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always. -Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent -non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte -characters". - -The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128 -through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called -"leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the -range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the -leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is. - -*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore -(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a -multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a -character, which may be more than one buffer position. - -This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is -always one buffer position, need to be changed. - -However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position. - -*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters, -because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters -have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However, -the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters, -guaranteed. - -*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is -between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a -character). - -When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS: - - 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range, - 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form, - 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form, - 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form, - 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character. - -*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses. - -*** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function -`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be -more than the number of characters. - -You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing -it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape, -\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which -is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to -follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and -newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape. - -*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters -and returns a string containing those characters. - -*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string. -(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX -counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a -character, sref signals an error. - -*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters -in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the -string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes). - -*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters -in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the -region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes). - -*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of -the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string -to a vector of the characters in it. - -*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents -of a string. You call it as follows: - - (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ) - -This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in -STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string. -This function really does alter the contents of STRING. -Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string, -it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length. - -*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR, -if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. - -*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING, -if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. - -*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary, -to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does -not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string -which contains all or just part of the existing string.) - -(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING) - -This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN. - -The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column. -If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string -are not included in the resulting value. - -The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added -at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly -WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING -is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING. - -If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean -place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one -character extends across that column), then the padding character -PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result -string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at -column START-COLUMN. - -*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called, -the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not -necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the -difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the -changed text, before the change. - -*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character -sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is -one character set for each script, not for each language. - -**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name. - -**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names. - -**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character -set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.) - -**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the -name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values -which identify the character within that character set. - -**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent -byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the -opposite of split-char. - -**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets -of all the characters between BEG and END. - -**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets -of all the characters in a string. - -*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems -and specifying coding systems. - -**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding -system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list -of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants. -(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix -and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well -as what to do about code conversion.) - -**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system -name. It returns t if so, nil if not. - -**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use -for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist, -except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name. - -Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines -which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp -to match against a file name. - -VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or -a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both -decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent -to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding -systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr -specifies the coding system for encoding. - -If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system -or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above. - -**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies -the coding system to use for network sockets. - -Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines -which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be -either a port number or a regular expression matching some network -service names. - -VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or -a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both -decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent -to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding -systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr -specifies the coding system for encoding. - -If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system -or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above. - -**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use -for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist, -except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to -start the subprocess. - -**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding -systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output, -when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell -(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output -to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it. - -**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the -coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous -subprocess. - -It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection, -but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you -start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or -connection permanently or until overridden. - -The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over -file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and -network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a -coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil. -It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding -system for one operation at a time. - -**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from -files, subprocesses or network connections. - -**** The function process-coding-system tells you what -coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using. -The value is a cons cell, - (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM) -where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from -the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding -input to the subprocess. - -**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to -change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess. - -** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many -customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility, -you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom. - -You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option -variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of -information (usually): the "type" which says what values are -legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for -customization. - -Thus, instead of writing - - (defvar foo-blurgoze nil - "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.") - -you would now write this: - - (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil - "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely." - :type 'boolean - :group foo) - -The type `boolean' means that this variable has only -two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values -describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom -for a description of them. - -The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option -should belong to. You define a new group like this: - - (defgroup ispell nil - "Spell checking using Ispell." - :group 'processes) - -The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root -group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself, -but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond -to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come -second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages. - -Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple -package should have just one group; a more complex package should -have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a -package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword" -first-level subgroups. - -** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers. - -This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a -separate manual that accompanies Emacs. - -** easy-mmode - -The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make -developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code -only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles, -predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro -`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also -`easy-mmode-define-keymap'. - -** Text property changes - -*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a -text property. - -*** The new functions next-char-property-change and -previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a -place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The -functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the -starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan. - -If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If -LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part -of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the -position of the beginning or end of the buffer. - -*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property -value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This -is an alternative to using the keymap itself. - -** Changes in invisibility features - -*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are -hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match -is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay -should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that -would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should -make the overlay visible. - -During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the -invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are -needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary -which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is -the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and -t when it should hide it. - -*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec - -Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the -invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol) -and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol. -Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to -manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'. -Here is an example of how to do this: - - ;; If we want to display an ellipsis: - (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) - ;; If you don't want ellipsis: - (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) - - ... - (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol) - - ... - ;; When done with the overlays: - (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) - ;; Or respectively: - (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) - -** Changes in syntax parsing. - -*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as -`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now -obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable -`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil. - -If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior -is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always -used to determine the syntax of the character at the position. - -When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a -character in the buffer is calculated thus: - - a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character - is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type; - - Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid - syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e., - a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR). - - b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property - is a syntax table, this syntax table is used - (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to - determine the syntax type of the character. - - c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table - of the current buffer. - -*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the -value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as -for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions. - -*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14 -and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended -only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A -character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by -another character with the same code (unless quoted). - -These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table' -text property. - -*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth -arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start -of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string. - -*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp' -(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth -element: the character address of the start of last comment or string; -nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the -string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code. - -*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete -syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports -`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'. - -** Changes in face features - -*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even -if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces. - -*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string -of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one). - -*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold. -set-face-bold-p sets that flag. - -*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic. -set-face-italic-p sets that flag. - -*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text -by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME) -and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in -the `face' property (either the character's text property or an -overlay property). - -This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use -arbitrary colors in a Lisp package. - -** Changes in file-handling functions - -*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant -directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words, -they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion -is now done only in substitute-in-file-name. - -This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name -begins with ~. - -*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file, -it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error. - -*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if -the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers. - -*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file, -as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil. - -*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses -character code conversion as well as other things. - -Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names -(formerly it did not). - -*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR -environment variable to decide which directory to put them in. - -*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps -instead of constant strings. - -*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used -to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of -any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through. - -substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially, -in the same way as before. - -*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now. -The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings -which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion. - -*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an -error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing -else, and returns nil. - -*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified -directory cannot be listed. - -** Changes in minibuffer input - -*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string -read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an -additional argument which specifies the default value. If this -argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two -ways: - - It is returned if the user enters empty input. - It is available through the history command M-n. - -*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer, -read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional -argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the -minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of -enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer. - -In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an -argument in this way. - -*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties -from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable -minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil. - -** Echo area features - -*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook -echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the -minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active -after the echo area is cleared. - -*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed -in the echo area, or nil if there is none. - -** Keyboard input features - -*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was -set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started. - -*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events -received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated -by keyboard macros. - -** Frame-related changes - -*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before -creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal -hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg. - -*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time -the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration -has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run. - -*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently -selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the -value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed -in the selected frame. - -*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars -is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies -which side of the window to put the scroll bars on. - -** X Windows features - -*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding -x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of -x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs. - -*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work. -The menu displays the current status of the box or button. - -*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument -MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return. -A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster. - -If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern, -it is good to supply 1 for this argument. - -** Subprocess features - -*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter -functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this -automatically. - -*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command -and returns the output from the command as a string. - -*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process, -and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection. - -** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook -does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before. - -** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes -at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it -goes after the other menu items. - -** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area -of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls -around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks -are in use. - -The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a -series of several changes--if that seems safe. - -Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and -after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls -form. - -** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION -is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense, -but its hook is still run. - -** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it) -for errors that are handled by condition-case. - -If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called -regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is -useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case. - -This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that -are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process -filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't -warned. - -** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own -way for Emacs to "ring the bell". - -** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at -integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for -functions like display-time. - -** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file -name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before. - -** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that -can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode -is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit. - -** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code -if there is an error in compilation. - -** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and -switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional -argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil, -they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list. - -** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty, -Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing -the *scratch* buffer. - -** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string. -The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used -where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important, -e.g., in Font Lock mode. - -** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer, -and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window. -It starts at 0 when the buffer is created. - -** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message -using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the -variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window -and compose-mail-other-frame. - -** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which -can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The -full name of the specified user will be returned. - -** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort -of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding -where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found -in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q -option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization -files at all. - -** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width -and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field -width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start -the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros. - -For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the -minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad -with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that -is how %S normally pads to two positions. - -** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url. - -** imenu.el changes. - -You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an -item from menu created by imenu. - -An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the -#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we -select one of those items. - -* For older news, see the file ONEWS ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Copyright information: -Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the